Fluticasone propionate 250 MCG/INHAL Dry Powder Inhaler, 28 Blisters

Generic Name: FLUTICASONE PROPIONATE
Brand Name: FLOVENT DISKUS
  • Substance Name(s):
  • FLUTICASONE PROPIONATE

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Strong cytochrome P450 3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ritonavir, ketoconazole): Use not recommended.

May increase risk of systemic corticosteroid effects.

( 7.1 ) 7.1 Inhibitors of Cytochrome P450 3A4 Fluticasone propionate is a substrate of CYP3A4.

The use of strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ritonavir, atazanavir, clarithromycin, indinavir, itraconazole, nefazodone, nelfinavir, saquinavir, ketoconazole, telithromycin) with FLOVENT DISKUS is not recommended because increased systemic corticosteroid adverse effects may occur.

Ritonavir A drug interaction trial with fluticasone propionate aqueous nasal spray in healthy subjects has shown that ritonavir (a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor) can significantly increase plasma fluticasone propionate exposure, resulting in significantly reduced serum cortisol concentrations [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] .

During postmarketing use, there have been reports of clinically significant drug interactions in patients receiving fluticasone propionate and ritonavir, resulting in systemic corticosteroid effects including Cushing’s syndrome and adrenal suppression.

Ketoconazole Coadministration of orally inhaled fluticasone propionate (1,000 mcg) and ketoconazole (200 mg once daily) resulted in a 1.9-fold increase in plasma fluticasone propionate exposure and a 45% decrease in plasma cortisol area under the curve (AUC), but had no effect on urinary excretion of cortisol.

OVERDOSAGE

10 Chronic overdosage may result in signs/symptoms of hypercorticism [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5)] .

Inhalation by healthy volunteers of a single dose of 4,000 mcg of fluticasone propionate inhalation powder or single doses of 1,760 or 3,520 mcg of fluticasone propionate CFC inhalation aerosol was well tolerated.

Fluticasone propionate given by inhalation aerosol at dosages of 1,320 mcg twice daily for 7 to 15 days to healthy human volunteers was also well tolerated.

Repeat oral doses up to 80 mg daily for 10 days in healthy volunteers and repeat oral doses up to 20 mg daily for 42 days in subjects were well tolerated.

Adverse reactions were of mild or moderate severity, and incidences were similar in active and placebo treatment groups.

DESCRIPTION

11 FLOVENT DISKUS inhalation powder is a dry powder inhaler for oral inhalation.

The active component of FLOVENT DISKUS 50 mcg, FLOVENT DISKUS 100 mcg, and FLOVENT DISKUS 250 mcg is fluticasone propionate, a corticosteroid having the chemical name S- (fluoromethyl) 6α,9-difluoro-11β,17-dihydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxoandrosta-1,4-diene-17β-carbothioate, 17-propionate and the following chemical structure: Fluticasone propionate is a white powder with a molecular weight of 500.6, and the empirical formula is C 25 H 31 F 3 O 5 S.

It is practically insoluble in water, freely soluble in dimethyl sulfoxide and dimethylformamide, and slightly soluble in methanol and 95% ethanol.

FLOVENT DISKUS is an orange plastic inhaler containing a foil blister strip.

Each blister on the strip contains a white powder mix of micronized fluticasone propionate (50, 100, or 250 mcg) in 12.5 mg of formulation containing lactose monohydrate (which contains milk proteins).

After the inhaler is activated, the powder is dispersed into the airstream created by the patient inhaling through the mouthpiece.

Under standardized in vitro test conditions, FLOVENT DISKUS delivers 46, 94, and 229 mcg of fluticasone propionate from FLOVENT DISKUS 50 mcg, FLOVENT DISKUS 100 mcg, and FLOVENT DISKUS 250 mcg, respectively, when tested at a flow rate of 60 L/min for 2 seconds.

In adult subjects with obstructive lung disease and severely compromised lung function (mean FEV 1 20% to 30% of predicted), mean peak inspiratory flow (PIF) through the DISKUS inhaler was 82.4 L/min (range: 46.1 to 115.3 L/min).

In children with asthma aged 4 and 8 years, mean PIF through FLOVENT DISKUS was 70 and 104 L/min, respectively (range: 48 to 123 L/min).

The actual amount of drug delivered to the lung will depend on patient factors, such as inspiratory flow profile.

Chemical structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Adult and Adolescent Subjects Aged 12 Years and Older Four randomized, double-blind, parallel-group, placebo-controlled, U.S.

clinical trials were conducted in 1,036 adult and adolescent subjects (aged 12 years and older) with asthma to assess the efficacy and safety of FLOVENT DISKUS in the treatment of asthma.

Fixed dosages of 100, 250, and 500 mcg twice daily were compared with placebo to provide information about appropriate dosing to cover a range of asthma severity.

Subjects in these trials included those inadequately controlled with bronchodilators alone and those already maintained on daily ICS.

All doses were delivered by inhalation of the contents of 1 or 2 blisters from FLOVENT DISKUS twice daily.

Figures 1 through 4 display results of pulmonary function tests (mean percent change from baseline in FEV 1 prior to AM dose) for 3 recommended dosages of FLOVENT DISKUS (100, 250, and 500 mcg twice daily) and placebo from the four 12-week trials in adolescents and adults.

These trials used predetermined criteria for lack of efficacy (indicators of worsening asthma), resulting in withdrawal of more patients in the placebo group.

Therefore, pulmonary function results at Endpoint (the last evaluable FEV 1 result, including most patients’ lung function data) are also displayed.

Pulmonary function, as determined by percent change from baseline in FEV 1 at recommended dosages of FLOVENT DISKUS improved significantly compared with placebo by the first week of treatment, and improvement was maintained for up to 1 year or more.

Figure 1.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 100 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Bronchodilators Alone Figure 2.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 100 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Inhaled Corticosteroids Figure 3.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 250 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Inhaled Corticosteroids or Bronchodilators Alone Figure 4.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 500 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Inhaled Corticosteroids or Bronchodilators Alone In all 4 efficacy trials, measures of pulmonary function (FEV 1 ) were statistically significantly improved as compared with placebo at all twice-daily doses.

Subjects on all dosages of FLOVENT DISKUS were also less likely to discontinue study participation due to asthma deterioration (as defined by predetermined criteria for lack of efficacy including lung function and subject-recorded variables such as AM PEF, albuterol use, and nighttime awakenings due to asthma) compared with placebo.

In a clinical trial of 111 subjects with severe asthma requiring chronic oral prednisone therapy (average baseline daily prednisone dose was 14 mg), fluticasone propionate given by inhalation powder at doses of 500 and 1,000 mcg twice daily was evaluated.

Both doses enabled a statistically significantly larger percentage of subjects to wean from oral prednisone as compared with placebo (75% of the subjects on 500 mcg twice daily and 89% of the subjects on 1,000 mcg twice daily as compared with 9% of subjects on placebo).

Accompanying the reduction in oral corticosteroid use, subjects treated with fluticasone propionate had significantly improved lung function and fewer asthma symptoms as compared with the placebo group.

Figure 1.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 100 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Bronchodilators Alone Figure 2.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 100 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Inhaled Corticosteroids Figure 3.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 250 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Inhaled Corticosteroids or Bronchodilators Alone Figure 4.

A 12-Week Clinical Trial Evaluating FLOVENT DISKUS 500 mcg Twice Daily in Adults and Adolescents Receiving Inhaled Corticosteroids or Bronchodilators Alone 14.2 Pediatric Subjects Aged 4 to 11 Years A 12-week, placebo-controlled clinical trial was conducted in 437 pediatric subjects (177 received FLOVENT DISKUS), approximately half of whom were receiving ICS at baseline.

In this trial, doses of fluticasone propionate inhalation powder 50 and 100 mcg twice daily significantly improved FEV 1 (15% and 18% change from baseline at Endpoint, respectively) compared with placebo (7% change).

AM PEF was also significantly improved with doses of fluticasone propionate 50 and 100 mcg twice daily (26% and 27% change from baseline at Endpoint, respectively) compared with placebo (14% change).

In this trial, subjects on active treatment were significantly less likely to discontinue treatment due to asthma deterioration (as defined by predetermined criteria for lack of efficacy including lung function and subject-recorded variables such as AM PEF, albuterol use, and nighttime awakenings due to asthma).

Two other 12-week placebo-controlled clinical trials were conducted in 504 pediatric subjects with asthma, approximately half of whom were receiving ICS at baseline.

In these trials, FLOVENT DISKUS was efficacious at doses of 50 and 100 mcg twice daily when compared with placebo on major endpoints including lung function and symptom scores.

Pulmonary function improved significantly compared with placebo by the first week of treatment, and subjects treated with FLOVENT DISKUS were also less likely to discontinue trial participation due to asthma deterioration.

One hundred ninety-two (192) subjects received FLOVENT DISKUS for up to 1 year during an open-label extension.

Data from this open-label extension suggested that lung function improvements could be maintained up to 1 year.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING FLOVENT DISKUS 50 mcg is supplied as a disposable orange plastic inhaler containing a foil blister strip with 60 blisters.

The inhaler is packaged in a plastic-coated, moisture-protective foil pouch (NDC 0173-0600-02).

FLOVENT DISKUS 100 mcg is supplied as a disposable orange plastic inhaler containing a foil blister strip with 60 blisters.

The inhaler is packaged in a plastic-coated, moisture-protective foil pouch (NDC 0173-0602-02).

FLOVENT DISKUS 250 mcg is supplied as a disposable orange plastic inhaler containing a foil blister strip with 60 blisters.

The inhaler is packaged in a plastic-coated, moisture-protective foil pouch (NDC 0173-0601-02).

Store at room temperature between 68°F and 77°F (20°C and 25°C); excursions permitted from 59°F to 86°F (15°C to 30°C) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Store in a dry place away from direct heat or sunlight.

Keep out of reach of children.

FLOVENT DISKUS should be stored inside the unopened moisture-protective foil pouch and only removed from the pouch immediately before initial use.

Discard FLOVENT DISKUS 6 weeks (50-mcg strength) or 2 months (100- and 250-mcg strengths) after opening the foil pouch or when the counter reads “0” (after all blisters have been used), whichever comes first.

The inhaler is not reusable.

Do not attempt to take the inhaler apart.

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Safety data have been collected on 280 subjects (FLOVENT DISKUS n = 83, FLOVENT ROTADISK n = 197) aged 65 years and older and 33 subjects (FLOVENT DISKUS n = 14, FLOVENT ROTADISK n = 19) aged 75 years and older who have been treated with fluticasone propionate inhalation powder in U.S.

and non-U.S.

clinical trials.

No overall differences in safety or effectiveness were observed between these subjects and younger subjects, and other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger subjects, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Inhalation powder: Inhaler containing a foil blister strip of powder formulation for oral inhalation.

The strip contains fluticasone propionate 50, 100, or 250 mcg per blister.

Inhalation powder: Inhaler containing fluticasone propionate (50, 100, or 250 mcg) as a powder formulation for oral inhalation.

( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Fluticasone propionate is a synthetic trifluorinated corticosteroid with anti-inflammatory activity.

Fluticasone propionate has been shown in vitro to exhibit a binding affinity for the human glucocorticoid receptor that is 18 times that of dexamethasone, almost twice that of beclomethasone-17-monopropionate (BMP), the active metabolite of beclomethasone dipropionate, and over 3 times that of budesonide.

Data from the McKenzie vasoconstrictor assay in man are consistent with these results.

The clinical significance of these findings is unknown.

Inflammation is an important component in the pathogenesis of asthma.

Corticosteroids have been shown to have a wide range of actions on multiple cell types (e.g., mast cells, eosinophils, neutrophils, macrophages, lymphocytes) and mediators (e.g., histamine, eicosanoids, leukotrienes, cytokines) involved in inflammation.

These anti-inflammatory actions of corticosteroids contribute to their efficacy in asthma.

Though effective for the treatment of asthma, corticosteroids do not affect asthma symptoms immediately.

Individual patients will experience a variable time to onset and degree of symptom relief.

Maximum benefit may not be achieved for 1 to 2 weeks or longer after starting treatment.

When corticosteroids are discontinued, asthma stability may persist for several days or longer.

Trials in subjects with asthma have shown a favorable ratio between topical anti-inflammatory activity and systemic corticosteroid effects with recommended doses of orally inhaled fluticasone propionate.

This is explained by a combination of a relatively high local anti-inflammatory effect, negligible oral systemic bioavailability (<1%), and the minimal pharmacological activity of the only metabolite detected in man.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 FLOVENT DISKUS is indicated for the maintenance treatment of asthma as prophylactic therapy in patients aged 4 years and older.

Important Limitation of Use FLOVENT DISKUS is NOT indicated for the relief of acute bronchospasm.

FLOVENT DISKUS is an inhaled corticosteroid (ICS) indicated for: • Maintenance treatment of asthma as prophylactic therapy in patients aged 4 years and older.

( 1 ) Important limitation: • Not indicated for relief of acute bronchospasm.

( 1 )

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The safety and effectiveness of FLOVENT DISKUS in children aged 4 years and older have been established [see Adverse Reactions (6.1), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3), Clinical Studies (14.2)] .

The safety and effectiveness of FLOVENT DISKUS in children younger than 4 years have not been established.

Effects on Growth Orally inhaled corticosteroids may cause a reduction in growth velocity when administered to pediatric patients.

A reduction of growth velocity in children or teenagers may occur as a result of poorly controlled asthma or from use of corticosteroids, including ICS.

The effects of long-term treatment of children and adolescents with ICS, including fluticasone propionate, on final adult height are not known.

Controlled clinical trials have shown that ICS may cause a reduction in growth in pediatric patients.

In these trials, the mean reduction in growth velocity was approximately 1 cm/year (range: 0.3 to 1.8 cm/year) and appeared to depend upon dose and duration of exposure.

This effect was observed in the absence of laboratory evidence of HPA axis suppression, suggesting that growth velocity is a more sensitive indicator of systemic corticosteroid exposure in pediatric patients than some commonly used tests of HPA axis function.

The long‑term effects of this reduction in growth velocity associated with orally inhaled corticosteroids, including the impact on final adult height, are unknown.

The potential for “catch-up” growth following discontinuation of treatment with orally inhaled corticosteroids has not been adequately studied.

The effects on growth velocity of treatment with orally inhaled corticosteroids for over 1 year, including the impact on final adult height, are unknown.

The growth of children and adolescents receiving orally inhaled corticosteroids, including FLOVENT DISKUS, should be monitored routinely (e.g., via stadiometry).

The potential growth effects of prolonged treatment should be weighed against the clinical benefits obtained and the risks associated with alternative therapies.

To minimize the systemic effects of orally inhaled corticosteroids, including FLOVENT DISKUS, each patient should be titrated to the lowest dose that effectively controls his/her symptoms.

A 52-week placebo-controlled trial to assess the potential growth effects of fluticasone propionate inhalation powder (FLOVENT ROTADISK) at 50 and 100 mcg twice daily was conducted in the U.S.

in 325 prepubescent children (244 males and 81 females) aged 4 to 11 years.

The mean growth velocities at 52 weeks observed in the intent-to-treat population were 6.32 cm/year in the placebo group (n = 76), 6.07 cm/year in the 50-mcg group (n = 98), and 5.66 cm/year in the 100‑mcg group (n = 89).

An imbalance in the proportion of children entering puberty between groups and a higher dropout rate in the placebo group due to poorly controlled asthma may be confounding factors in interpreting these data.

A separate subset analysis of children who remained prepubertal during the trial revealed growth rates at 52 weeks of 6.10 cm/year in the placebo group (n = 57), 5.91 cm/year in the 50-mcg group (n = 74), and 5.67 cm/year in the 100‑mcg group (n = 79).

In children aged 8.5 years, the mean age of children in this trial, the range for expected growth velocity is: boys – 3 rd percentile = 3.8 cm/year, 50 th percentile = 5.4 cm/year, and 97 th percentile = 7.0 cm/year; girls – 3 rd percentile = 4.2 cm/year, 50 th percentile = 5.7 cm/year, and 97 th percentile = 7.3 cm/year.

The clinical relevance of these growth data is not certain.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Risk Summary There are insufficient data on the use of FLOVENT DISKUS in pregnant women.

There are clinical considerations with the use of FLOVENT DISKUS in pregnant women.

(See Clinical Considerations.) In animals, teratogenicity characteristic of corticosteroids, decreased fetal body weight, and/or skeletal variations in rats, mice, and rabbits were observed with subcutaneously administered maternal toxic doses of fluticasone propionate less than the maximum recommended human daily inhaled dose (MRHDID) on a mcg/m 2 basis.

(See Data.) However, fluticasone propionate administered via inhalation to rats decreased fetal body weight, but did not induce teratogenicity at a maternal toxic dose less than the MRHDID on a mcg/m 2 basis.

(See Data.) Experience with oral corticosteroids suggests that rodents are more prone to teratogenic effects from corticosteroids than humans.

The estimated risk of major birth defects and miscarriage for the indicated population is unknown.

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in clinically recognized pregnancies is 2% to 4% and 15% to 20%, respectively.

Clinical Considerations Disease-Associated Maternal and/or Embryofetal Risk: In women with poorly or moderately controlled asthma, there is an increased risk of several perinatal outcomes such as pre-eclampsia in the mother and prematurity, low birth weight, and small for gestational age in the neonate.

Pregnant women with asthma should be closely monitored and medication adjusted as necessary to maintain optimal asthma control.

Data Human Data: Following inhaled administration, fluticasone propionate was detected in the neonatal cord blood after delivery.

Animal Data: In embryofetal development studies with pregnant rats and mice dosed by the subcutaneous route throughout the period of organogenesis, fluticasone propionate was teratogenic in both species.

Omphalocele, decreased body weight, and skeletal variations were observed in rat fetuses, in the presence of maternal toxicity, at a dose approximately 0.5 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal subcutaneous dose of 100 mcg/kg/day).

The rat no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) was observed at approximately 0.15 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal subcutaneous dose of 30 mcg/kg/day).

Cleft palate and fetal skeletal variations were observed in mouse fetuses at a dose approximately 0.1 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal subcutaneous dose of 45 mcg/kg/day).

The mouse NOAEL was observed with a dose approximately 0.04 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal subcutaneous dose of 15 mcg/kg/day).

In an embryofetal development study with pregnant rats dosed by the inhalation route throughout the period of organogenesis, fluticasone propionate produced decreased fetal body weights and skeletal variations, in the presence of maternal toxicity, at a dose approximately 0.13 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal inhalation dose of 25.7 mcg/kg/day); however, there was no evidence of teratogenicity.

The NOAEL was observed with a dose approximately 0.03 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal inhalation dose of 5.5 mcg/kg/day).

In an embryofetal development study in pregnant rabbits that were dosed by the subcutaneous route throughout organogenesis, fluticasone propionate produced reductions of fetal body weights, in the presence of maternal toxicity, at doses approximately 0.006 times the MRHDID and higher (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal subcutaneous dose of 0.57 mcg/kg/day).

Teratogenicity was evident based upon a finding of cleft palate for 1 fetus at a dose approximately 0.04 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal subcutaneous dose of 4 mcg/kg/day).

The NOAEL was observed in rabbit fetuses with a dose approximately 0.001 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with a maternal subcutaneous dose of 0.08 mcg/kg/day).

Fluticasone propionate crossed the placenta following subcutaneous administration to mice and rats and oral administration to rabbits.

In a pre- and post-natal development study in pregnant rats dosed from late gestation through delivery and lactation (Gestation Day 17 to Postpartum Day 22), fluticasone propionate was not associated with decreases in pup body weight, and had no effects on developmental landmarks, learning, memory, reflexes, or fertility at doses up to 0.2 times the MRHDID (on a mcg/m 2 basis with maternal subcutaneous doses up to 50 mcg/kg/day).

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS • Candida albicans infection of the mouth and pharynx may occur.

Monitor patients periodically.

Advise the patient to rinse his/her mouth with water without swallowing after inhalation to help reduce the risk.

( 5.1 ) • Potential worsening of infections (e.g., existing tuberculosis; fungal, bacterial, viral, or parasitic infection; ocular herpes simplex).

Use with caution in patients with these infections.

More serious or even fatal course of chickenpox or measles can occur in susceptible patients.

( 5.3 ) • Risk of impaired adrenal function when transferring from systemic corticosteroids.

Taper patients slowly from systemic corticosteroids if transferring to FLOVENT DISKUS.

( 5.4 ) • Hypercorticism and adrenal suppression may occur with very high dosages or at the regular dosage in susceptible individuals.

If such changes occur, discontinue FLOVENT DISKUS slowly.

( 5.5 ) • Assess for decrease in bone mineral density initially and periodically thereafter.

( 5.7 ) • Monitor growth of pediatric patients.

( 5.8 ) • Glaucoma and cataracts may occur with long-term use of ICS.

Consider referral to an ophthalmologist in patients who develop ocular symptoms or use FLOVENT DISKUS long term.

( 5.9 ) 5.1 Local Effects of Inhaled Corticosteroids In clinical trials, the development of localized infections of the mouth and pharynx with Candida albicans has occurred in subjects treated with FLOVENT DISKUS.

When such an infection develops, it should be treated with appropriate local or systemic (i.e., oral) antifungal therapy while treatment with FLOVENT DISKUS continues, but at times therapy with FLOVENT DISKUS may need to be interrupted.

Advise the patient to rinse his/her mouth with water without swallowing following inhalation to help reduce the risk of oropharyngeal candidiasis.

5.2 Acute Asthma Episodes FLOVENT DISKUS is not to be regarded as a bronchodilator and is not indicated for rapid relief of bronchospasm.

Patients should be instructed to contact their physicians immediately when episodes of asthma that are not responsive to bronchodilators occur during the course of treatment with FLOVENT DISKUS.

During such episodes, patients may require therapy with oral corticosteroids.

5.3 Immunosuppression Persons who are using drugs that suppress the immune system are more susceptible to infections than healthy individuals.

Chickenpox and measles, for example, can have a more serious or even fatal course in susceptible children or adults using corticosteroids.

In such children or adults who have not had these diseases or been properly immunized, particular care should be taken to avoid exposure.

How the dose, route, and duration of corticosteroid administration affect the risk of developing a disseminated infection is not known.

The contribution of the underlying disease and/or prior corticosteroid treatment to the risk is also not known.

If a patient is exposed to chickenpox, prophylaxis with varicella zoster immune globulin (VZIG) may be indicated.

If a patient is exposed to measles, prophylaxis with pooled intramuscular immunoglobulin (IG) may be indicated.

(See the respective package inserts for complete VZIG and IG prescribing information.) If chickenpox develops, treatment with antiviral agents may be considered.

ICS should be used with caution, if at all, in patients with active or quiescent tuberculosis infections of the respiratory tract; systemic fungal, bacterial, viral, or parasitic infections; or ocular herpes simplex.

5.4 Transferring Patients from Systemic Corticosteroid Therapy Particular care is needed for patients who have been transferred from systemically active corticosteroids to ICS because deaths due to adrenal insufficiency have occurred in patients with asthma during and after transfer from systemic corticosteroids to less systemically available ICS.

After withdrawal from systemic corticosteroids, a number of months are required for recovery of hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) function.

Patients who have been previously maintained on 20 mg or more of prednisone (or its equivalent) may be most susceptible, particularly when their systemic corticosteroids have been almost completely withdrawn.

During this period of HPA suppression, patients may exhibit signs and symptoms of adrenal insufficiency when exposed to trauma, surgery, or infection (particularly gastroenteritis) or other conditions associated with severe electrolyte loss.

Although FLOVENT DISKUS may control asthma symptoms during these episodes, in recommended doses it supplies less than normal physiological amounts of glucocorticoid systemically and does NOT provide the mineralocorticoid activity that is necessary for coping with these emergencies.

During periods of stress or a severe asthma attack, patients who have been withdrawn from systemic corticosteroids should be instructed to resume oral corticosteroids (in large doses) immediately and to contact their physicians for further instruction.

These patients should also be instructed to carry a warning card indicating that they may need supplementary systemic corticosteroids during periods of stress or a severe asthma attack.

Patients requiring oral corticosteroids should be weaned slowly from systemic corticosteroid use after transferring to FLOVENT DISKUS.

Prednisone reduction can be accomplished by reducing the daily prednisone dose by 2.5 mg on a weekly basis during therapy with FLOVENT DISKUS.

Lung function (mean forced expiratory volume in 1 second [FEV 1 ] or morning peak expiratory flow [AM PEF]), beta-agonist use, and asthma symptoms should be carefully monitored during withdrawal of oral corticosteroids.

In addition, patients should be observed for signs and symptoms of adrenal insufficiency, such as fatigue, lassitude, weakness, nausea and vomiting, and hypotension.

Transfer of patients from systemic corticosteroid therapy to FLOVENT DISKUS may unmask allergic conditions previously suppressed by the systemic corticosteroid therapy (e.g., rhinitis, conjunctivitis, eczema, arthritis, eosinophilic conditions).

During withdrawal from oral corticosteroids, some patients may experience symptoms of systemically active corticosteroid withdrawal (e.g., joint and/or muscular pain, lassitude, depression) despite maintenance or even improvement of respiratory function.

5.5 Hypercorticism and Adrenal Suppression Fluticasone propionate will often help control asthma symptoms with less suppression of HPA function than therapeutically equivalent oral doses of prednisone.

Since fluticasone propionate is absorbed into the circulation and can be systemically active at higher doses, the beneficial effects of FLOVENT DISKUS in minimizing HPA dysfunction may be expected only when recommended dosages are not exceeded and individual patients are titrated to the lowest effective dose.

A relationship between plasma levels of fluticasone propionate and inhibitory effects on stimulated cortisol production has been shown after 4 weeks of treatment with fluticasone propionate inhalation aerosol.

Since individual sensitivity to effects on cortisol production exists, physicians should consider this information when prescribing FLOVENT DISKUS.

Because of the possibility of significant systemic absorption of ICS in sensitive patients, patients treated with FLOVENT DISKUS should be observed carefully for any evidence of systemic corticosteroid effects.

Particular care should be taken in observing patients postoperatively or during periods of stress for evidence of inadequate adrenal response.

It is possible that systemic corticosteroid effects such as hypercorticism and adrenal suppression (including adrenal crisis) may appear in a small number of patients who are sensitive to these effects.

If such effects occur, FLOVENT DISKUS should be reduced slowly, consistent with accepted procedures for reducing systemic corticosteroids, and other treatments for management of asthma symptoms should be considered.

5.6 Immediate Hypersensitivity Reactions Immediate hypersensitivity reactions (e.g., urticaria, angioedema, rash, bronchospasm, hypotension), including anaphylaxis, may occur after administration of FLOVENT DISKUS.

There have been reports of anaphylactic reactions in patients with severe milk protein allergy after inhalation of powder products containing lactose; therefore, patients with severe milk protein allergy should not use FLOVENT DISKUS [see Contraindications (4)] .

5.7 Reduction in Bone Mineral Density Decreases in bone mineral density (BMD) have been observed with long-term administration of products containing ICS.

The clinical significance of small changes in BMD with regard to long-term consequences such as fracture is unknown.

Patients with major risk factors for decreased bone mineral content, such as prolonged immobilization, family history of osteoporosis, postmenopausal status, tobacco use, advanced age, poor nutrition, or chronic use of drugs that can reduce bone mass (e.g., anticonvulsants, oral corticosteroids), should be monitored and treated with established standards of care.

A 2-year trial in 160 subjects (females aged 18 to 40 years, males 18 to 50) with asthma receiving chlorofluorocarbon (CFC)-propelled fluticasone propionate inhalation aerosol 88 or 440 mcg twice daily demonstrated no statistically significant changes in BMD at any time point (24, 52, 76, and 104 weeks of double-blind treatment) as assessed by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry at lumbar regions L1 through L4.

5.8 Effect on Growth Orally inhaled corticosteroids may cause a reduction in growth velocity when administered to pediatric patients .

Monitor the growth of pediatric patients receiving FLOVENT DISKUS routinely (e.g., via stadiometry).

To minimize the systemic effects of orally inhaled corticosteroids, including FLOVENT DISKUS, titrate each patient’s dosage to the lowest dosage that effectively controls his/her symptoms [see Dosage and Administration (2.2), Use in Specific Populations (8.4)] .

5.9 Glaucoma and Cataracts Glaucoma, increased intraocular pressure, and cataracts have been reported in patients following the long-term administration of ICS, including fluticasone propionate.

Consider referral to an ophthalmologist in patients who develop ocular symptoms or use FLOVENT DISKUS long term.

5.10 Paradoxical Bronchospasm As with other inhaled medicines, bronchospasm may occur with an immediate increase in wheezing after dosing.

If bronchospasm occurs following dosing with FLOVENT DISKUS, it should be treated immediately with an inhaled, short-acting bronchodilator; FLOVENT DISKUS should be discontinued immediately; and alternative therapy should be instituted.

5.11 Drug Interactions with Strong Cytochrome P450 3A4 Inhibitors The use of strong cytochrome P450 3A4 (CYP3A4) inhibitors (e.g., ritonavir, atazanavir, clarithromycin, indinavir, itraconazole, nefazodone, nelfinavir, saquinavir, ketoconazole, telithromycin) with FLOVENT DISKUS is not recommended because increased systemic corticosteroid adverse effects may occur [see Drug Interactions (7.1), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] .

5.12 Eosinophilic Conditions and Churg-Strauss Syndrome In rare cases, patients on inhaled fluticasone propionate may present with systemic eosinophilic conditions.

Some of these patients have clinical features of vasculitis consistent with Churg-Strauss syndrome, a condition that is often treated with systemic corticosteroid therapy.

These events usually, but not always, have been associated with the reduction and/or withdrawal of oral corticosteroid therapy following the introduction of fluticasone propionate.

Cases of serious eosinophilic conditions have also been reported with other ICS in this clinical setting.

Physicians should be alert to eosinophilia, vasculitic rash, worsening pulmonary symptoms, cardiac complications, and/or neuropathy presenting in their patients.

A causal relationship between fluticasone propionate and these underlying conditions has not been established.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Patient Information and Instructions for Use).

Local Effects Inform patients that localized infections with Candida albicans occurred in the mouth and pharynx in some patients.

If oropharyngeal candidiasis develops, treat it with appropriate local or systemic (i.e., oral) antifungal therapy while still continuing therapy with FLOVENT DISKUS, but at times therapy with FLOVENT DISKUS may need to be temporarily interrupted under close medical supervision.

Advise patients to rinse the mouth with water without swallowing after inhalation to help reduce the risk of thrush.

Status Asthmaticus and Acute Asthma Symptoms Inform patients that FLOVENT DISKUS is not a bronchodilator and is not intended for use as rescue medicine for acute asthma exacerbations.

Advise patients to treat acute asthma symptoms with an inhaled, short-acting beta 2 -agonist such as albuterol.

Instruct patients to contact their physicians immediately if there is deterioration of their asthma.

Immunosuppression Warn patients who are on immunosuppressant doses of corticosteroids to avoid exposure to chickenpox or measles and, if exposed, to consult their physicians without delay.

Inform patients of potential worsening of existing tuberculosis; fungal, bacterial, viral, or parasitic infections; or ocular herpes simplex.

Hypercorticism and Adrenal Suppression Advise patients that FLOVENT DISKUS may cause systemic corticosteroid effects of hypercorticism and adrenal suppression.

Additionally, inform patients that deaths due to adrenal insufficiency have occurred during and after transfer from systemic corticosteroids.

Patients should taper slowly from systemic corticosteroids if transferring to FLOVENT DISKUS.

Immediate Hypersensitivity Reactions Advise patients that immediate hypersensitivity reactions (e.g., urticaria, angioedema, rash, bronchospasm, hypotension), including anaphylaxis, may occur after administration of FLOVENT DISKUS.

Patients should discontinue FLOVENT DISKUS if such reactions occur.

There have been reports of anaphylactic reactions in patients with severe milk protein allergy after inhalation of powder products containing lactose; therefore, patients with severe milk protein allergy should not take FLOVENT DISKUS.

Reduction in Bone Mineral Density Advise patients who are at an increased risk for decreased BMD that the use of corticosteroids may pose an additional risk.

Reduced Growth Velocity Inform patients that orally inhaled corticosteroids, including FLOVENT DISKUS, may cause a reduction in growth velocity when administered to pediatric patients.

Physicians should closely follow the growth of children and adolescents taking corticosteroids by any route.

Glaucoma and Cataracts Advise patients that long-term use of ICS may increase the risk of some eye problems (cataracts or glaucoma); consider regular eye examinations.

Use Daily for Best Effect Patients should use FLOVENT DISKUS at regular intervals as directed.

Individual patients will experience a variable time to onset and degree of symptom relief and the full benefit may not be achieved until treatment has been administered for 1 to 2 weeks or longer.

Patients should not increase the prescribed dosage but should contact their physicians if symptoms do not improve or if the condition worsens.

Instruct patients not to stop use of FLOVENT DISKUS abruptly.

Patients should contact their physicians immediately if they discontinue use of FLOVENT DISKUS.

Trademarks are owned by or licensed to the GSK group of companies.

GlaxoSmithKline Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 ©2022 GSK group of companies or its licensor.

FLD:15PI

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 • For oral inhalation only.

( 2.1 ) • Starting dosage is based on prior asthma therapy and disease severity.

( 2.2 ) • Treatment of asthma in patients aged 12 years and older: 100 mcg twice daily up to a maximum recommended dosage of 1,000 mcg twice daily.

( 2.2 ) • Treatment of asthma in patients aged 4 to 11 years: 50 mcg twice daily up to a maximum recommended dosage of 100 mcg twice daily.

( 2.2 ) 2.1 Administration Information FLOVENT DISKUS should be administered by the orally inhaled route in patients aged 4 years and older.

After inhalation, the patient should rinse his/her mouth with water without swallowing to help reduce the risk of oropharyngeal candidiasis.

2.2 Recommended Dosage Adult and Adolescent Patients Aged 12 Years and Older The starting dosage is based on previous asthma therapy and asthma severity, including consideration of patients’ current control of asthma symptoms and risk of future exacerbation.

The recommended starting dosage for patients aged 12 years and older who are not on an inhaled corticosteroid (ICS) is 100 mcg twice daily, approximately 12 hours apart.

For other patients, and for patients who do not respond adequately to the starting dosage after 2 weeks of therapy, higher dosages may provide additional asthma control.

The maximum recommended dosage for patients aged 12 years and older is 1,000 mcg twice daily.

Pediatric Patients Aged 4 to 11 Years The starting dosage is based on previous asthma therapy and asthma severity, including consideration of patients’ current control of asthma symptoms and risk of future exacerbation.

For patients aged 4 to 11 years not on an ICS, the recommended starting dosage is 50 mcg twice daily, approximately 12 hours apart.

For other patients, and for patients who do not respond adequately to the starting dosage after 2 weeks of therapy, increasing the dosage to 100 mcg twice daily may provide additional asthma control.

The maximum recommended dosage for patients aged 4 to 11 years is 100 mcg twice daily.

General Dosing Recommendations If symptoms arise between doses, an inhaled short-acting beta 2 -agonist should be used for immediate relief.

Individual patients will experience a variable time to onset and degree of symptom relief.

Maximum benefit may not be achieved for 1 to 2 weeks or longer after starting treatment.

If a dosage regimen fails to provide adequate control of asthma, the therapeutic regimen should be re-evaluated and additional therapeutic options, e.g., replacing the current strength with a higher strength, initiating an ICS and long-acting beta2-agonist (LABA) combination product, or initiating oral corticosteroids, should be considered.

After asthma stability has been achieved, titrate to the lowest effective dosage to reduce the possibility of side effects.

vitamin D2 50,000 UNT Oral Capsule

WARNINGS

Hypersensitivity to vitamin D may be one etiologic factor in infants with idiopathic hypercalcemia.

In these cases vitamin D must be strictly restricted.

Keep out of the reach of children.

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Mineral oil interferes with the absorption of fat-soluble vitamins, including vitamin D preparations.

Administration of thiazide diuretics to hypoparathyroid patients who are concurrently being treated with ergocalciferol may cause hypercalcemia.

OVERDOSAGE

The effects of administered vitamin D can persist for two or more months after cessation of treatment.

Hypervitaminosis D is characterized by: Hypercalcemia with anorexia, nausea, weakness, weight loss, vague aches and stiffness, constipation, mental retardation, anemia, and mild acidosis.

Impairment of renal function with polyuria, nocturia, polydipsia, hypercalciuria, reversible azotemia, hypertension, nephrocalcinosis, generalized vascular calcification, or irreversible renal insufficiency which may result in death.

Widespread calcification of the soft tissues, including the heart, blood vessels, renal tubules, and lungs.

Bone demineralization (osteoporosis) in adults occurs concomitantly.

Decline in the average rate of linear growth and increased mineralization of bones in infants and children (dwarfism).

The treatment of hypervitaminosis D with hypercalcemia consists of immediate withdrawal of the vitamin, a low calcium diet, generous intake of fluids, along with symptomatic and supportive treatment.

Hypercalcemic crisis with dehydration, stupor, coma, and azotemia requires more vigorous treatment.

The first step should be hydration of the patient.

Intravenous saline may quickly and significantly increase urinary calcium excretion.

A loop diuretic (furosemide or ethacrynic acid) may be given with the saline infusion to further increase renal calcium excretion.

Other reported therapeutic measures include dialysis or the administration of citrates, sulfates, phosphates, corticosteroids, EDTA (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid), and mithramycin via appropriate regimens.

With appropriate therapy, recovery is the usual outcome when no permanent damage has occurred.

Deaths via renal or cardiovascular failure have been reported.

The LD 50 in animals is unknown.

The toxic oral dose of ergocalciferol in the dog is 4 mg/kg.

DESCRIPTION

Ergocalciferol Capsules, USP is a synthetic calcium regulator for oral administration.

Ergocalciferol is a white, colorless crystal, insoluble in water, soluble in organic solvents, and slightly soluble in vegetable oils.

It is affected by air and by light.

Ergosterol or provitamin D 2 is found in plants and yeast and has no antirachitic activity.

There are more than 10 substances belonging to a group of steroid compounds, classified as having vitamin D or antirachitic activity.

One USP Unit of vitamin D 2 is equivalent to one International Unit (IU), and 1 mcg of vitamin D 2 is equal to 40 IU.

Each softgel capsule, for oral administration, contains Ergocalciferol, USP 1.25 mg (equivalent to 50,000 USP units of Vitamin D), in an edible vegetable oil.

Ergocalciferol, also called vitamin D 2 , is 9, 10-secoergosta-5, 7,10(19),22-tetraen-3-ol,(3β,5 Z ,7 E ,22 E )-; (C 28 H 44 O) with a molecular weight of 396.65, and has the following structural formula: Inactive Ingredients : D&C Yellow No.

10, FD&C Blue No.

1, Gelatin, Glycerin, Purified Water, Refined Soybean Oil.

Chemical Structure

HOW SUPPLIED

Each green, oval softgel capsule is imprinted with A3 and contains 1.25 mg (50,000 USP units vitamin D) of ergocalciferol, USP.

Bottles of 12 Softgel Capsules (NDC 60429-245-12) Bottles of 13 Softgel Capsules (NDC 60429-245-13) Bottles of 100 Softgel Capsules (NDC 60429-245-01) Storage and Handling Store at 20°- 25°C (68°-77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Protect from light and moisture.

Dispense in a tight, light-resistant container as defined in the USP.

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use Clinical studies of ergocalciferol did not include sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger subjects.

Other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients.

A few published reports have suggested that the absorption of orally administered vitamin D may be attenuated in elderly compared to younger individuals.

In general, dose selection for an elderly patient should be cautious, usually starting at the low end of the dosing range, reflecting the greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function, and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Ergocalciferol Capsules, USP are indicated for use in the treatment of hypoparathyroidism, refractory rickets, also known as vitamin D resistant rickets, and familial hypophosphatemia.

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use Pediatric doses must be individualized (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy Category C Animal reproduction studies have shown fetal abnormalities in several species associated with hypervitaminosis D.

These are similar to the supravalvular aortic stenosis syndrome described in infants by Black in England (1963).

This syndrome was characterized by supravalvular aortic stenosis, elfin facies, and mental retardation.

For the protection of the fetus, therefore, the use of vitamin D in excess of the recommended dietary allowance during normal pregnancy should be avoided unless, in the judgment of the physician, potential benefits in a specific, unique case outweigh the significant hazards involved.

The safety in excess of 400 USP units of vitamin D daily during pregnancy has not been established.

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers Caution should be exercised when ergocalciferol is administered to a nursing woman.

In a mother given large doses of vitamin D, 25-hydroxycholecalciferol appeared in the milk and caused hypercalcemia in her child.

Monitoring of the infant’s serum calcium concentration is required in that case (Goldberg, 1972).

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

THE RANGE BETWEEN THERAPEUTIC AND TOXIC DOSES IS NARROW.

Vitamin D Resistant Rickets : 12,000 to 500,000 USP units daily.

Hypoparathyroidism : 50,000 to 200,000 USP units daily concomitantly with calcium lactate 4 g, six times per day.

DOSAGE MUST BE INDIVIDUALIZED UNDER CLOSE MEDICAL SUPERVISION.

Calcium intake should be adequate.

Blood calcium and phosphorus determinations must be made every 2 weeks or more frequently if necessary.

X-rays of the bones should be taken every month until condition is corrected and stabilized.

Generic Name: RIFAMPIN
Brand Name: Rifadin IV
  • Substance Name(s):
  • RIFAMPIN

WARNINGS

Hepatotoxicity of hepatocellular, cholestatic, and mixed patterns has been reported in patients treated with rifampin.

Severity ranged from asymptomatic elevations in liver enzymes, isolated jaundice/hyperbilirubinemia, symptomatic self-limited hepatitis to fulminant liver failure and death.

Severe hepatic dysfunction including fatalities were reported in patients with liver disease and in patients taking rifampin with other hepatotoxic agents.

Monitor for symptoms and clinical/laboratory signs of liver injury, especially if treatment is prolonged or given with other hepatotoxic drugs.

Patients with impaired liver function should be given rifampin only in cases of necessity and then under strict medical supervision.

In these patients, careful monitoring of liver function should be done prior to therapy and then every 2 to 4 weeks during therapy.

If signs of hepatic damage occur or worsen, discontinue rifampin.

Rifampin has enzyme-inducing properties, including induction of delta amino levulinic acid synthetase.

Isolated reports have associated porphyria exacerbation with rifampin administration.

The possibility of rapid emergence of resistant meningococci restricts the use of RIFADIN to short-term treatment of the asymptomatic carrier state.

RIFADIN is not to be used for the treatment of meningococcal disease.

Systemic hypersensitivity reactions were reported with RIFADIN administration.

Signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity reactions may include fever, rash, urticaria, angioedema, hypotension, acute bronchospasm, conjunctivitis, thrombocytopenia, neutropenia, elevated liver transaminases or flu-like syndrome (weakness, fatigue, muscle pain, nausea, vomiting, headache, chills, aches, itching, sweats, dizziness, shortness of breath, chest pain, cough, syncope, palpitations).

Manifestations of hypersensitivity, such as fever, lymphadenopathy or laboratory abnormalities (including eosinophilia, liver abnormalities) may be present even though rash is not evident.

Monitor patients receiving RIFADIN for signs and/or symptoms of hypersensitivity reactions.

If these signs or symptoms occur, discontinue RIFADIN and administer supportive measures.

Cases of severe cutaneous adverse reactions (SCAR) such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS), toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP), and drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) syndrome have been reported with rifampin.

If symptoms or signs of severe cutaneous adverse reactions develop, discontinue RIFADIN immediately and institute appropriate therapy.

Rifampin may cause vitamin K–dependent coagulation disorders and bleeding (see ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

Monitor coagulation tests during rifampin treatment (prothrombin time and other coagulation tests) in patients at risk of vitamin K deficiency (such as those with chronic liver disease, poor nutritional status, on prolonged antibacterial drugs or anticoagulants).

Consider discontinuation of RIFADIN if abnormal coagulation tests and/or bleeding occur.

Supplemental vitamin K administration should be considered when appropriate.

Pulmonary toxicity manifested as interstitial lung disease (including, but not limited to, pneumonitis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonia, pulmonary infiltrates, and organizing pneumonia) has been reported with rifampin treatment.

Pulmonary toxicity could be fatal.

If symptoms or signs of severe pulmonary toxicity (including respiratory failure, pulmonary fibrosis, and acute respiratory distress syndrome) develop, discontinue RIFADIN immediately and initiate appropriate treatment.

Postmarketing reports suggest that concomitant administration of high doses of cefazolin and rifampin may prolong the prothrombin time, leading to severe vitamin K–dependent coagulation disorders that may be life-threatening or fatal.

Avoid concomitant use of cefazolin and rifampin in patients at increased risk for bleeding.

If no alternative treatment options are available, closely monitor prothrombin time and other coagulation tests, and administer vitamin K as indicated.

Postmarketing cases of paradoxical drug reaction (recurrence or appearance of new symptoms, physical and radiological signs in a patient who had previously shown improvement with appropriate antimycobacterial treatment, in the absence of disease relapse, poor treatment compliance, drug resistance, side effects of treatment, or secondary infection/diagnosis) have been reported with RIFADIN (see ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

Paradoxical drug reactions are often transient and should not be misinterpreted as failure to respond to treatment.

If worsening of symptoms or signs occurs during antimycobacterial treatment, consider paradoxical drug reaction in the differential diagnosis, monitor, or treat accordingly.

Cases of thrombotic microangiopathy (TMA), including thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and hemolytic uremia syndrome, some fatal, have been reported with rifampin.

Discontinue RIFADIN if clinical symptoms and laboratory findings consistent with TMA occur.

The findings of unexplained thrombocytopenia and anemia should prompt further evaluation and consideration of the diagnosis of TMA.

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Pharmacodynamic Interactions Healthy subjects who received rifampin 600 mg once daily concomitantly with saquinavir 1000 mg/ritonavir 100 mg twice daily (ritonavir-boosted saquinavir) developed severe hepatocellular toxicity.

Therefore, concomitant use of these medications is contraindicated.

(See CONTRAINDICATIONS .) When rifampin is given concomitantly with other hepatotoxic medications such as halothane or isoniazid, the potential for hepatotoxicity is increased.

The concomitant use of rifampin and halothane should be avoided.

Patients receiving both rifampin and isoniazid should be monitored closely for hepatotoxicity.

Effect of Rifampin on Other Drugs Induction of Drug Metabolizing Enzymes and Transporters Drug metabolizing enzymes and transporters affected by rifampin include cytochromes P450 (CYP) 1A2, 2B6, 2C8, 2C9, 2C19, and 3A4, UDP-glucuronyltransferases (UGT), sulfotransferases, carboxylesterases, and transporters including P-glycoprotein (P-gp) and multidrug resistance-associated protein 2 (MRP2).

Most drugs are substrates for one or more of these enzyme or transporter pathways and these pathways may be induced by rifampin simultaneously.

Therefore, rifampin may increase the metabolism and decrease the activity of certain coadministered drugs or increase the activity of a coadministered pro-drug (where metabolic activation is required), and has the potential to perpetuate clinically important drug-drug interactions against many drugs and across many drug classes (Table 1).

Table 1 summarizes the effect of rifampin on other drugs or drug classes.

Adjust dosages of concomitant drugs based on approved drug labeling and if applicable, therapeutic drug monitoring, unless otherwise specified.

Table 1: Drug Interactions with Rifampin that Affect Concomitant Drug Concentrations Administered with rifampin 600 mg daily, unless otherwise specified Drug or Drug Class and Prevention or Management Clinical Effect AUC = area under the time-concentration curve Antiretrovirals Prevention or Management: Concomitant use is contraindicated (see CONTRAINDICATIONS ) Atazanavir Decrease AUC by 72% Darunavir Rifampin dosage used concomitantly with the drug(s) is not specified in the proposed package insert.

Substantial decrease in exposure, which may result in loss of therapeutic effect and development of resistance.

Tipranavir Fosamprenavir Administered with rifampin 300 mg daily Decrease AUC by 82% Saquinavir Decrease AUC by 70% Coadministration may result in severe hepatocellular toxicity.

Antiretrovirals Prevention or Management: Avoid concomitant use Zidovudine Decrease AUC by 47% Indinavir Decrease AUC by 92% Efavirenz Decrease AUC by 26% Hepatitis C Antiviral Prevention or Management: Avoid concomitant use Daclatasvir Decrease AUC by 79% Simeprevir Decrease AUC by 48% Sofosbuvir Decrease AUC by 72% Coadministration of sofosbuvir with rifampin may decrease sofosbuvir plasma concentrations, leading to reduced therapeutic effect of sofosbuvir.

Telaprevir Decrease AUC by 92% Systemic Hormonal Contraceptives Prevention or Management: Advise patients to change to non-hormonal methods of birth control during rifampin therapy Estrogens Decrease exposure Progestins Anticonvulsants Phenytoin Administered with rifampin 450 mg daily Decrease exposure Antiarrhythmics Disopyramide Decrease exposure Mexiletine Decrease exposure Quinidine Decrease exposure Propafenone Decrease AUC by 50%–67% Tocainide Decrease exposure Antiestrogens Tamoxifen Decrease AUC by 86% Toremifene Decrease steady state concentrations of toremifene in serum Antithrombotic Agents Clopidogrel Prevention or Management: Concomitant use of clopidogrel and rifampin should be discouraged Increase active metabolite exposure and risk of bleeding Ticagrelor Prevention or Management: Avoid use Decrease exposure Antipsychotics Haloperidol Decrease plasma concentrations by 70% Oral Anticoagulants Prevention or Management: Perform prothrombin time daily or as frequently as necessary to establish and maintain the required dose of anticoagulant Warfarin Decrease exposure Antifungals Fluconazole Decrease AUC by 23% Itraconazole Prevention or Management: Not recommended 2 weeks before and during itraconazole treatment Decrease exposure Ketoconazole Decrease exposure Beta-blockers Metoprolol Decrease exposure Propranolol Decrease exposure Benzodiazepines Diazepam , Administered with rifampin 1200 mg daily Decrease exposure Benzodiazepine-related drugs Zopiclone Decrease AUC by 82% Zolpidem Decrease AUC by 73% Calcium Channel Blockers Diltiazem Decrease exposure Nifedipine Rifampin 1200 mg administered as a single oral dose 8 hours before administering a single oral dose of nifedipine 10 mg Decrease exposure Verapamil Decrease exposure Corticosteroids Numerous cases in the literature describe a decrease in glucocorticoid effect when used concomitantly with rifampin.

The literature contains reports of acute adrenal crisis or adrenal insufficiency induced by the combination of rifampin-isoniazid-ethambutol or rifampin-isoniazid in patients with Addison’s disease.

Prednisolone Decrease exposure Cardiac Glycosides Digoxin Prevention or Management: Measure serum digoxin concentrations before initiating rifampin.

Continue monitoring and increase digoxin dose by approximately 20%–40% as necessary.

Decrease exposure Digitoxin Decrease exposure Fluoroquinolones Pefloxacin Administered with rifampin 900 mg daily Decrease exposure Moxifloxacin , Decrease exposure Oral Hypoglycemic Agents (e.g., sulfonylureas) Glyburide Decrease exposure Rifampin may worsen glucose control of glyburide.

Glipizide Decrease exposure Immunosuppressive Agents Cyclosporine Decrease exposure Tacrolimus Prevention or Management: Monitoring of whole blood concentrations and appropriate dosage adjustments of tacrolimus are recommended when rifampin and tacrolimus are used concomitantly.

Decrease AUC by 56% Narcotic Analgesics Oxycodone Decrease AUC by 86% Morphine Decrease exposure Selective 5-HT3 Receptor Antagonists Ondansetron Decrease exposure Statins Metabolized by CYP3A4 Simvastatin Decrease exposure Thiazolidinediones Rosiglitazone Decrease AUC by 66% Tricyclic Antidepressants Nortriptyline A tuberculosis treatment regimen including rifampin (600 mg/day), isoniazid (300 mg/day), pyrazinamide (500 mg 3× per day), and pyridoxine (25 mg) was associated with higher than expected doses of nortriptyline were required to obtain a therapeutic drug level.

Following the discontinuation of rifampin, the patient became drowsy and the serum nortriptyline levels rose precipitously (3-fold) into the toxic range.

Decrease exposure Other Drugs Enalapril Decrease active metabolite exposure Chloramphenicol Concomitant use with rifampin in 2 children Decrease exposure Clarithromycin Decrease exposure Dapsone Rifampin has been shown to increase the clearance of dapsone and, accordingly, decrease dapsone exposure.

Rifampin has also been shown to increase the production of the hydroxylamine metabolite of dapsone which could increase the risk of methemoglobinemia.

Doxycycline Administered with rifampin (10 mg/kg daily) Decrease exposure Irinotecan Administered with an antibiotic regimen including rifampin (450 mg/day), isoniazid (300 mg/day), and streptomycin (0.5 g/day) IM Prevention or Management: Avoid the use of rifampin, a strong CYP3A4 inducer, if possible.

Substitute non-enzyme inducing therapies at least 2 weeks prior to initiation of irinotecan therapy Decrease irinotecan and active metabolite exposure Levothyroxine Decrease exposure Losartan Parent Decrease AUC by 30% Active metabolite (E3174) Decrease AUC by 40% Methadone In patients well-stabilized on methadone, concomitant administration of rifampin resulted in a marked reduction in serum methadone levels and a concurrent appearance of withdrawal symptoms.

Praziquantel Prevention or Management: Concomitant use is contraindicated (see CONTRAINDICATIONS ) Decrease plasma praziquantel concentrations to undetectable levels.

Quinine Prevention or Management: Avoid concomitant use Decrease AUC by 75%–85% Telithromycin Decrease AUC by 86% Theophylline Decrease exposure by 20% to 40% Effect of Other Drugs on Rifampin Concomitant antacid administration may reduce the absorption of rifampin.

Daily doses of rifampin should be given at least 1 hour before the ingestion of antacids.

Concomitant use with probenecid and cotrimoxazole increases the concentration of rifampin which may increase the risk of RIFADIN toxicities.

Monitor for adverse reactions associated with RIFADIN during coadministration.

Other Interactions Atovaquone: Concomitant use of rifampin with atovaquone decrease concentrations of atovaquone and increase concentrations of rifampin which may increase the risk of RIFADIN toxicities.

Coadministration of rifampin with atovaquone is not recommended.

OVERDOSAGE

Signs and Symptoms Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, pruritus, headache, and increasing lethargy will probably occur within a short time after ingestion; unconsciousness may occur when there is severe hepatic disease.

Transient increases in liver enzymes and/or bilirubin may occur.

Brownish-red or orange discoloration of the skin, urine, sweat, saliva, tears, and feces will occur, and its intensity is proportional to the amount ingested.

Liver enlargement, possibly with tenderness, can develop within a few hours after severe overdosage; bilirubin levels may increase and jaundice may develop rapidly.

Hepatic involvement may be more marked in patients with prior impairment of hepatic function.

Other physical findings remain essentially normal.

A direct effect upon the hematopoietic system, electrolyte levels, or acid-base balance is unlikely.

Facial or periorbital edema has also been reported in pediatric patients.

Hypotension, sinus tachycardia, ventricular arrhythmias, seizures, and cardiac arrest were reported in some fatal cases.

Acute Toxicity The minimum acute lethal or toxic dose is not well established.

However, nonfatal acute overdoses in adults have been reported with doses ranging from 9 to 12 gm rifampin.

Fatal acute overdoses in adults have been reported with doses ranging from 14 to 60 gm.

Alcohol or a history of alcohol abuse was involved in some of the fatal and nonfatal reports.

Nonfatal overdoses in pediatric patients ages 1 to 4 years old of 100 mg/kg for one to two doses has been reported.

Treatment Intensive support measures should be instituted and individual symptoms treated as they arise.

The airway should be secured and adequate respiratory exchange established.

Since nausea and vomiting are likely to be present, gastric lavage within the first 2 to 3 hours after ingestion is probably preferable to induction of emesis.

Following evacuation of the gastric contents, the instillation of activated charcoal slurry into the stomach may help absorb any remaining drug from the gastrointestinal tract.

Antiemetic medication may be required to control severe nausea and vomiting.

Active diuresis (with measured intake and output) will help promote excretion of the drug.

For severe cases, extracorporeal hemodialysis may be required.

If this is not available, peritoneal dialysis can be used along with forced diuresis.

DESCRIPTION

RIFADIN (rifampin capsules USP) for oral administration contains 150 mg or 300 mg rifampin per capsule.

The 150 mg and 300 mg capsules also contain, as inactive ingredients: corn starch, D&C Red No.

28, FD&C Blue No.

1, FD&C Red No.

40, gelatin, magnesium stearate, and titanium dioxide.

RIFADIN IV (rifampin for injection USP) contains rifampin 600 mg, sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate 10 mg, and sodium hydroxide to adjust pH.

Rifampin is a semisynthetic antibiotic derivative of rifamycin SV.

Rifampin is a red-brown crystalline powder very slightly soluble in water at neutral pH, freely soluble in chloroform, soluble in ethyl acetate and in methanol.

Its molecular weight is 822.95 and its chemical formula is C 43 H 58 N 4 O 12 .

The chemical name for rifampin is either: 3-[[(4-Methyl-1-piperazinyl)imino]methyl]rifamycin or 5,6,9,17,19,21-hexahydroxy-23-methoxy-2,4,12,16,18,20,22– heptamethyl-8-[N-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)formimidoyl]-2,7-(epoxypentadeca[1,11,13]trienimino)naphtho[2,1- b ]furan-1,11(2H)-dione 21-acetate.

Its structural formula is: Chemical Structure

HOW SUPPLIED

RIFADIN IV (rifampin for injection USP) is available in sterile glass vials containing 600 mg rifampin (NDC 0068-0597-01).

Storage: Store at 25°C (77°F); excursions permitted to 15–30°C (59–86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Avoid excessive heat (temperatures above 40°C or 104°F).

Protect from light.

Rx only

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use Clinical studies of RIFADIN did not include sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger subjects.

Other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients.

Caution should therefore be observed in using rifampin in elderly patients.

(See WARNINGS .)

MECHANISM OF ACTION

Mechanism of Action Rifampin inhibits DNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity in susceptible Mycobacterium tuberculosis organisms.

Specifically, it interacts with bacterial RNA polymerase but does not inhibit the mammalian enzyme.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

In the treatment of both tuberculosis and the meningococcal carrier state, the small number of resistant cells present within large populations of susceptible cells can rapidly become the predominant type.

Bacteriologic cultures should be obtained before the start of therapy to confirm the susceptibility of the organism to rifampin and they should be repeated throughout therapy to monitor the response to treatment.

Since resistance can emerge rapidly, susceptibility tests should be performed in the event of persistent positive cultures during the course of treatment.

If test results show resistance to rifampin and the patient is not responding to therapy, the drug regimen should be modified.

Tuberculosis Rifampin is indicated in the treatment of all forms of tuberculosis.

A three-drug regimen consisting of rifampin, isoniazid, and pyrazinamide is recommended in the initial phase of short-course therapy which is usually continued for 2 months.

The Advisory Council for the Elimination of Tuberculosis, the American Thoracic Society, and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommend that either streptomycin or ethambutol be added as a fourth drug in a regimen containing isoniazid (INH), rifampin, and pyrazinamide for initial treatment of tuberculosis unless the likelihood of INH resistance is very low.

The need for a fourth drug should be reassessed when the results of susceptibility testing are known.

If community rates of INH resistance are currently less than 4%, an initial treatment regimen with less than four drugs may be considered.

Following the initial phase, treatment should be continued with rifampin and isoniazid for at least 4 months.

Treatment should be continued for longer if the patient is still sputum or culture positive, if resistant organisms are present, or if the patient is HIV positive.

RIFADIN IV is indicated for the initial treatment and retreatment of tuberculosis when the drug cannot be taken by mouth.

Meningococcal Carriers Rifampin is indicated for the treatment of asymptomatic carriers of Neisseria meningitidis to eliminate meningococci from the nasopharynx.

Rifampin is not indicated for the treatment of meningococcal infection because of the possibility of the rapid emergence of resistant organisms.

(See WARNINGS .) Rifampin should not be used indiscriminately, and, therefore, diagnostic laboratory procedures, including serotyping and susceptibility testing, should be performed for establishment of the carrier state and the correct treatment.

So that the usefulness of rifampin in the treatment of asymptomatic meningococcal carriers is preserved, the drug should be used only when the risk of meningococcal disease is high.

To reduce the development of drug-resistant bacteria and maintain the effectiveness of rifampin and other antibacterial drugs, rifampin should be used only to treat or prevent infections that are proven or strongly suspected to be caused by susceptible bacteria.

When culture and susceptibility information are available, they should be considered in selecting or modifying antibacterial therapy.

In the absence of such data, local epidemiology and susceptibility patterns may contribute to the empiric selection of therapy.

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use See CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY–Pediatrics; see also DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION .

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy–Teratogenic Effects Rifampin has been shown to be teratogenic in rodents.

Congenital malformations, primarily spina bifida, were increased in the offspring of pregnant rats given rifampin during organogenesis at oral doses of 150 to 250 mg/kg/day (about 1 to 2 times the maximum recommended human dose based on body surface area comparisons).

Cleft palate was increased in a dose-dependent fashion in fetuses of pregnant mice treated at oral doses of 50 to 200 mg/kg (about 0.2 to 0.8 times the maximum recommended human dose based on body surface area comparisons).

Imperfect osteogenesis and embryotoxicity were also reported in pregnant rabbits given rifampin at oral doses up to 200 mg/kg/day (about 3 times the maximum recommended human dose based on body surface area comparisons).

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies of RIFADIN in pregnant women.

Rifampin has been reported to cross the placental barrier and appear in cord blood.

RIFADIN should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

Pregnancy–Non-Teratogenic Effects When administered during the last few weeks of pregnancy, rifampin can cause postnatal hemorrhages in the mother and infant for which treatment with vitamin K may be indicated.

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers Because of the potential for tumorigenicity shown for rifampin in animal studies, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients Patients should be counseled that antibacterial drugs including rifampin should only be used to treat bacterial infections.

They do not treat viral infections (e.g., the common cold).

When rifampin is prescribed to treat a bacterial infection, patients should be told that although it is common to feel better early in the course of therapy, the medication should be taken exactly as directed.

Skipping doses or not completing the full course of therapy may (1) decrease the effectiveness of the immediate treatment and (2) increase the likelihood that bacteria will develop resistance and will not be treatable by rifampin or other antibacterial drugs in the future.

The patient should be told that rifampin may produce a discoloration (yellow, orange, red, brown) of the teeth, urine, sweat, sputum, and tears, and the patient should be forewarned of this.

Soft contact lenses may be permanently stained.

Rifampin is a well characterized and potent inducer of drug metabolizing enzymes and transporters and might therefore decrease or increase concomitant drug exposure and impact safety and efficacy (see DRUG INTERACTIONS ).

Therefore, patients should be advised not to take any other medication without medical advice.

The patient should be advised that the reliability of oral or other systemic hormonal contraceptives may be affected; consideration should be given to using alternative contraceptive measures.

Patients should be instructed to take rifampin either 1 hour before or 2 hours after a meal with a full glass of water.

Patients should be instructed to notify their physician immediately if they experience any of the following: rash with fever or blisters, with or without peeling skin, itching, or swollen lymph nodes, loss of appetite, malaise, nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, darkened urine, yellowish discoloration of the skin and eyes, light-colored bowel movements, fever, headache, fatigue, myalgias, cough, shortness of breath, chest pain, wheezing, and pain or swelling of the joints.

Patients should be advised to seek medical advice immediately if their symptoms of mycobacterial disease, including, but not limited to, cough, fever, tiredness, shortness of breath, malaise, headache, pain, night sweats, swollen lymph nodes, loss of appetite, weight loss, weakness, skin ulcers or lesions, worsen (see ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

Advise patients to abstain from alcohol, hepatotoxic medications or herbal products while taking rifampin.

Compliance with the full course of therapy must be emphasized, and the importance of not missing any doses must be stressed.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

Rifampin can be administered by the oral route or by IV infusion (see INDICATIONS AND USAGE ).

IV doses are the same as those for oral.

See CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY for dosing information in patients with renal failure.

Tuberculosis Adults: 10 mg/kg, in a single daily administration, not to exceed 600 mg/day, oral or IV Pediatric Patients: 10–20 mg/kg, not to exceed 600 mg/day, oral or IV It is recommended that oral rifampin be administered once daily, either 1 hour before or 2 hours after a meal with a full glass of water.

Rifampin is indicated in the treatment of all forms of tuberculosis.

A three-drug regimen consisting of rifampin, isoniazid, and pyrazinamide is recommended in the initial phase of short-course therapy which is usually continued for 2 months.

The Advisory Council for the Elimination of Tuberculosis, the American Thoracic Society, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommend that either streptomycin or ethambutol be added as a fourth drug in a regimen containing isoniazid (INH), rifampin, and pyrazinamide for initial treatment of tuberculosis unless the likelihood of INH resistance is very low.

The need for a fourth drug should be reassessed when the results of susceptibility testing are known.

If community rates of INH resistance are currently less than 4%, an initial treatment regimen with less than four drugs may be considered.

Following the initial phase, treatment should be continued with rifampin and isoniazid for at least 4 months.

Treatment should be continued for longer if the patient is still sputum or culture positive, if resistant organisms are present, or if the patient is HIV positive.

Preparation of Solution for IV Infusion Reconstitute the lyophilized powder by transferring 10 mL of sterile water for injection to a vial containing 600 mg of rifampin for injection.

Swirl vial gently to completely dissolve the antibiotic.

The reconstituted solution contains 60 mg rifampin per mL and is stable at room temperature for up to 30 hours.

Prior to administration, withdraw from the reconstituted solution a volume equivalent to the amount of rifampin calculated to be administered and add to 500 mL of infusion medium.

Mix well and infuse at a rate allowing for complete infusion within 3 hours.

Alternatively, the amount of rifampin calculated to be administered may be added to 100 mL of infusion medium and infused in 30 minutes.

Dilutions in dextrose 5% for injection (D5W) are stable at room temperature for up to 8 hours and should be prepared and used within this time.

Precipitation of rifampin from the infusion solution may occur beyond this time.

Dilutions in normal saline are stable at room temperature for up to 6 hours and should be prepared and used within this time.

Other infusion solutions are not recommended.

Incompatibilities Physical incompatibility (precipitate) was observed with undiluted (5 mg/mL) and diluted (1 mg/mL in normal saline) diltiazem hydrochloride and rifampin (6 mg/mL in normal saline) during simulated Y-site administration.

Meningococcal Carriers Adults: For adults, it is recommended that 600 mg rifampin be administered twice daily for two days.

Pediatric Patients: Pediatric patients 1 month of age or older: 10 mg/kg (not to exceed 600 mg per dose) every 12 hours for two days.

Pediatric patients under 1 month of age: 5 mg/kg every 12 hours for two days.

Preparation of Extemporaneous Oral Suspension For pediatric and adult patients in whom capsule swallowing is difficult or where lower doses are needed, a liquid suspension may be prepared as follows: RIFADIN 1% w/v suspension (10 mg/mL) can be compounded using one of four syrups–Simple Syrup (Syrup NF), Simple Syrup (Humco Laboratories), SyrPalta ® Syrup (Emerson Laboratories), or Raspberry Syrup (Humco Laboratories).

Empty the contents of four RIFADIN 300 mg capsules or eight RIFADIN 150 mg capsules onto a piece of weighing paper.

If necessary, gently crush the capsule contents with a spatula to produce a fine powder.

Transfer the rifampin powder blend to a 4-ounce amber glass or plastic (high density polyethylene [HDPE], polypropylene, or polycarbonate) prescription bottle.

Rinse the paper and spatula with 20 mL of one of the above-mentioned syrups and add the rinse to the bottle.

Shake vigorously.

Add 100 mL of syrup to the bottle and shake vigorously.

This compounding procedure results in a 1% w/v suspension containing 10 mg rifampin/mL.

Stability studies indicate that the suspension is stable when stored at room temperature (25±3°C) or in a refrigerator (2–8°C) for four weeks.

This extemporaneously prepared suspension must be shaken well prior to administration.

Generic Name: MIDAZOLAM HYDROCHLORIDE
Brand Name: Midazolam Hydrochloride
  • Substance Name(s):
  • MIDAZOLAM HYDROCHLORIDE

WARNINGS

Personnel and Equipment for Monitoring and Resuscitation Midazolam HCl syrup should be used only in hospital or ambulatory care settings, including physicians’ and dentists’ offices, that are equipped to provide continuous monitoring of respiratory and cardiac function.

Midazolam HCl syrup must only be administered to patients if they will be monitored by direct visual observation by a health care professional.

If midazolam HCl syrup will be administered in combination with other anesthetic drugs or drugs which depress the central nervous system, patients must be monitored by persons specifically trained in the use of these drugs and, in particular, in the management of respiratory effects of these drugs, including respiratory and cardiac resuscitation of patients in the age group being treated.

For deeply sedated patients, a dedicated individual whose sole responsibility is to observe the patient, other than the practitioner performing the procedure, should monitor the patient throughout the procedure.

Patients should be continuously monitored for early signs of hypoventilation, airway obstruction, or apnea with means for detection readily available (eg, pulse oximetry).

Hypoventilation, airway obstruction, and apnea can lead to hypoxia and/or cardiac arrest unless effective countermeasures are taken immediately.

The immediate availability of specific reversal agents (flumazenil) is highly recommended.

Vital signs should continue to be monitored during the recovery period.

Because midazolam can depress respiration [see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY] , especially when used concomitantly with opioid agonists and other sedatives [see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION] , it should be used for sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia only in the presence of personnel skilled in early detection of hypoventilation, maintaining a patent airway, and supporting ventilation.

Episodes of oxygen desaturation, respiratory depression, apnea, and airway obstruction have been occasionally reported following premedication (sedation prior to induction of anesthesia) with oral midazolam; such events are markedly increased when oral midazolam is combined with other central nervous system depressing agents and in patients with abnormal airway anatomy, patients with cyanotic congenital heart disease, or patients with sepsis or severe pulmonary disease.

Risks from Concomitant Use with Opioids Concomitant use of benzodiazepines, including midazolam, and opioids may result in profound sedation, respiratory depression, coma and death.

If a decision is made to use midazolam concomitantly with opioids, monitor patients for respiratory depression and sedation [see PRECAUTIONS/Drug Interactions] .

Risk of Respiratory Adverse Events Serious respiratory adverse events have occurred after administration of oral midazolam, most often when midazolam was used in combination with other central nervous system depressants.

These adverse events have included respiratory depression, airway obstruction, oxygen desaturation, apnea, and rarely, respiratory and/or cardiac arrest [see BOX WARNING] .

When oral midazolam is administered as the sole agent at recommended doses respiratory depression, airway obstruction, oxygen desaturation, and apnea occur infrequently [see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION] .

Prior to the administration of midazolam in any dose, the immediate availability of oxygen, resuscitative drugs, age- and size-appropriate equipment for bag/valve/mask ventilation and intubation, and skilled personnel for the maintenance of a patent airway and support of ventilation should be ensured.

Individualization of Dosage Midazolam HCl syrup must never be used without individualization of dosage, particularly when used with other medications capable of producing central nervous system depression.

See DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION for complete information.

Other Adverse Events Reactions such as agitation, involuntary movements (including tonic/clonic movements and muscle tremor), hyperactivity and combativeness have been reported in both adult and pediatric patients.

Consideration should be given to the possibility of paradoxical reaction.

Should such reactions occur, the response to each dose of midazolam and all other drugs, including local anesthetics, should be evaluated before proceeding.

Reversal of such responses with flumazenil has been reported in pediatric and adult patients.

Concomitant Use of Central Nervous System Depressants Concomitant use of barbiturates, alcohol or other central nervous system depressants may increase the risk of hypoventilation, airway obstruction, desaturation, or apnea and may contribute to profound and/or prolonged drug effect.

Narcotic premedication also depresses the ventilatory response to carbon dioxide stimulation.

Drug-Drug Interactions Coadministration of oral midazolam in patients who are taking ketoconazole and intraconazole, and saquinavir has been shown to result in large increases in Cmax and AUC of midazolam due to a decrease in plasma clearance of midazolam [see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY: Pharmacokinetics: Special Populations: Drug-Drug Interactions and PRECAUTIONS] .

Due to the potential for intense and prolonged sedation and respiratory depression, midazolam syrup should only be coadministered with these medications if absolutely necessary and with appropriate equipment and personnel available to respond to respiratory insufficiency.

Debilitation and Comorbidity Considerations Higher risk pediatric surgical patients may require lower doses, whether or not concomitant sedating medications have been administered.

Pediatric patients with cardiac or respiratory compromise may be unusually sensitive to the respiratory depressant effect of midazolam.

Pediatric patients undergoing procedures involving the upper airway such as upper endoscopy or dental care, are particularly vulnerable to episodes of desaturation and hypoventilation due to partial airway obstruction.

Patients with chronic renal failure and patients with congestive heart failure eliminate midazolam more slowly [see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY] .

Return to Cognitive Function Midazolam is associated with a high incidence of partial or complete impairment of recall for the next several hours.

The decision as to when patients who have received midazolam HCl syrup, particularly on an outpatient basis, may again engage in activities requiring complete mental alertness, operate hazardous machinery or drive a motor vehicle must be individualized.

Gross tests of recovery from the effects of midazolam HCl syrup [see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY] cannot be relied upon to predict reaction time under stress.

It is recommended that no patient operate hazardous machinery or a motor vehicle until the effects of the drug, such as drowsiness, have subsided or until one full day after anesthesia and surgery, whichever is longer.

Particular care should be taken to assure safe ambulation.

Neonatal Sedation and Withdrawal Syndrome Use of midazolam HCl syrup late in pregnancy can result in sedation (respiratory depression, lethargy, hypotonia) and/or withdrawal symptoms (hyperreflexia, irritability, restlessness, tremors, inconsolable crying, and feeding difficulties) in the neonate ( see PRECAUTIONS: Pregnancy).

Monitor neonates exposed to midazolam HCl syrup during pregnancy or labor for signs of sedation and monitor neonates exposed to midazolam HCl syrup during pregnancy for signs of withdrawal; manage these neonates accordingly.

Usage in Preterm Infants and Neonates Midazolam HCl syrup has not been studied in patients less than 6 months of age.

Pediatric Neurotoxicity Published animal studies demonstrate that the administration of anesthetic and sedation drugs that block NMDA receptors and/or potentiate GABA activity increase neuronal apoptosis in the developing brain and result in long-term cognitive deficits when used for longer than 3 hours.

The clinical significance of these findings is not clear.

However, based on the available data, the window of vulnerability to these changes is believed to correlate with exposures in the third trimester of gestation through the first several months of life, but may extend out to approximately three years of age in humans [see PRECAUTIONS; Pregnancy, Pediatric Use and ANIMAL PHARMACOLOGY AND/OR TOXICOLOGY] .

Some published studies in children suggest that similar deficits may occur after repeated or prolonged exposures to anesthetic agents early in life and may result in adverse cognitive or behavioral effects.

These studies have substantial limitations, and it is not clear if the observed effects are due to the anesthetic/sedation drug administration or other factors such as the surgery or underlying illness.

Anesthetic and sedation drugs are a necessary part of the care of children and pregnant women needing surgery, other procedures, or tests that cannot be delayed, and no specific medications have been shown to be safer than any other.

Decisions regarding the timing of any elective procedures requiring anesthesia should take into consideration the benefits of the procedure weighed against the potential risks.

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Effect of Concomitant Use of Benzodiazepines and Opioids The concomitant use of benzodiazepines and opioids increases the risk of respiratory depression because of actions at different receptor sites in the CNS that control respiration.

Benzodiazepines interact at GABA A sites, and opioids interact primarily at mu receptors.

When benzodiazepines and opioids are combined, the potential for benzodiazepines to significantly worsen opioid-related respiratory depression exists.

Monitor patients closely for respiratory depression and sedation.

Other CNS Depressants One case was reported of inadequate sedation with chloral hydrate and later with oral midazolam due to a possible interaction with methylphenidate administered chronically in a 2-year-old boy with a history of Williams syndrome.

The difficulty in achieving adequate sedation may have been the result of decreased absorption of the sedatives due to both the gastrointestinal effects and stimulant effects of methylphenidate.

The sedative effect of midazolam HCl syrup is accentuated by any concomitantly administered medication which depresses the central nervous system, particularly opioids (e.g., morphine, meperidine, and fentanyl), propofol, ketamine, nitrous oxide, secobarbital and droperidol.

Consequently, the dose of midazolam HCl syrup should be adjusted according to the type and amount of concomitant medications administered and the desired clinical response [see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION] .

No significant adverse interactions with common premedications (such as atropine, scopolamine, glycopyrrolate, diazepam, hydroxyzine, and other muscle relaxants) or local anesthetics have been observed.

Inhibitors of CYP3A4 Isozymes Caution is advised when midazolam is administered concomitantly with drugs that are known to inhibit the cytochrome P450 3A4 enzyme system (ie, some drugs in the drug classes of azole antimycotics, protease inhibitors, calcium channel antagonists, and macrolide antibiotics).

Drugs such as diltiazem, erythromycin, fluconazole, itraconazole, ketoconazole, saquinavir, and verapamil were shown to significantly increase the C max and AUC of orally administered midazolam.

These drug interactions may result in increased and prolonged sedation due to a decrease in plasma clearance of midazolam.

Although not studied, the potent cytochrome P450 3A4 inhibitors ritonavir and nelfinavir may cause intense and prolonged sedation and respiratory depression due to a decrease in plasma clearance of midazolam.

Caution is advised when midazolam HCl syrup is used concomitantly with these drugs.

Dose adjustments should be considered and possible prolongation and intensity of effect should be anticipated [see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY: Pharmacokinetics: Special Populations: Drug-Drug Interactions] .

Inducers of CYP3A4 Isozymes Cytochrome P450 inducers, such as rifampin, carbamazepine, and phenytoin, induce metabolism and cause a markedly decreased C max and AUC of oral midazolam in adult studies.

Although clinical studies have not been performed, phenobarbital is expected to have the same effect.

Caution is advised when administering midazolam HCl syrup to patients receiving these medications and if necessary dose adjustments should be considered.

OVERDOSAGE

Clinical Presentation Overdosage of benzodiazepines is characterized by central nervous system depression ranging from drowsiness to coma.

In mild to moderate cases, symptoms can include drowsiness, confusion, dysarthria, lethargy, hypnotic state, diminished reflexes, ataxia, and hypotonia.

Rarely, paradoxical or disinhibitory reactions (including agitation, irritability, impulsivity, violent behavior, confusion, restlessness, excitement, and talkativeness) may occur.

In severe overdosage cases, patients may develop respiratory depression and coma.

Overdosage of benzodiazepines in combination with other CNS depressants (including alcohol and opioids) may be fatal (see WARNINGS: Dependence and Withdrawal Reactions).

Markedly abnormal (lowered or elevated) blood pressure, heart rate, or respiratory rate raise the concern that additional drugs and/or alcohol are involved in the overdosage.

Management of Overdose In managing benzodiazepine overdosage, employ general supportive measures, including intravenous fluids and airway management.

Flumazenil, a specific benzodiazepine receptor antagonist, is indicated for the complete or partial reversal of the sedative effects of benzodiazepines in the management of benzodiazepine overdosage, can lead to withdrawal and adverse reactions, including seizures, particularly in the context of mixed overdosage with drugs that increase seizure risk (e.g., tricyclic and tetracyclic antidepressants) and in patients with longterm benzodiazepine use and physical dependency.

The risk of withdrawal seizures with flumazenil use may be increased in patients with epilepsy.

Flumazenil is contraindicated in patients who have received a benzodiazepine for control of a potentially life-threatening condition (e.g., status epilepticus).

If the decision is made to use flumazenil, it should be used as an adjunct to, not as a substitute for, supportive management of benzodiazepine overdosage.

See the flumazenil injection Prescribing Information.

Consider contacting a poison center (1-800-222-1222), poisoncontrol.org, or a medical toxicologist for additional overdosage management recommendations.

DESCRIPTION

Midazolam is a benzodiazepine available as midazolam HCl syrup for oral administration.

Midazolam, a white to light yellow crystalline compound, is insoluble in water, but can be solubilized in aqueous solutions by formation of the hydrochloride salt in situ under acidic conditions.

Chemically, midazolam HCl is 8-chloro-6-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-4 H -imidazo[1,5-a][1,4]benzodiazepine hydrochloride.

Midazolam hydrochloride has the molecular formula C 18 H 13 ClFN 3 ·HCl, a calculated molecular weight of 362.25 and the following structural formula: Each mL of the syrup contains midazolam hydrochloride equivalent to 2 mg midazolam compounded with artificial bitterness modifier, citric acid anhydrous, D&C Red #33, edetate disodium, glycerin, mixed fruit flavor, sodium benzoate, sodium citrate, sorbitol, and water; the pH is adjusted to 2.8 to 3.6 with hydrochloric acid.

Under the acidic conditions required to solubilize midazolam in the syrup, midazolam is present as an equilibrium mixture (shown below) of the closed ring form shown above and an open-ring structure formed by the acid-catalyzed ring opening of the 4,5-double bond of the diazepine ring.

The amount of open-ring form is dependent upon the pH of the solution.

At the specified pH of the syrup, the solution may contain up to about 40% of the open-ring compound.

At the physiologic conditions under which the product is absorbed (pH of 5 to 8) into the systemic circulation, any open-ring form present reverts to the physiologically active, lipophilic, closed-ring form (midazolam) and is absorbed as such.

The following chart below plots the percentage of midazolam present as the open-ring form as a function of pH in aqueous solutions.

As indicated in the graph, the amount of open-ring compound present in solution is sensitive to changes in pH over the pH range specified for the product: 2.8 to 3.6.

Above pH 5, at least 99% of the mixture is present in the closed-ring form.

chemical-structure-1.jpg chemical-structure-2.jpg midazolam-chart.jpg

HOW SUPPLIED

Midazolam HCl Syrup is supplied as a clear, red to purplish-red, mixed fruit flavored syrup containing midazolam hydrochloride equivalent to 2 mg of midazolam/mL; each amber glass bottle of 118 mL of syrup is supplied with 1 press-in bottle adapter, 4 single-use, graduated, oral dispensers and 4 tip caps; 10 x bottle of 2.5 mL is supplied with 10 single-use, graduated, oral dispensers and 10 tip caps.

NDC 0574-0150-04 Bottle of 118 mL.

NDC 0574-0150-25 10 x Bottle of 2.5 mL.

Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F).

[See USP Controlled Room Temperature.]

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use The safety and efficacy of this product have not been fully studied in geriatric patients.

Therefore, there are no available data on a safe dosing regimen.

One study in geriatric subjects, using midazolam 7.5 mg as a premedicant prior to general anesthesia, noted a 60% incidence of hypoxemia (pO 2 <90% for over 30 seconds) at sometime during the operative procedure versus 15% for the nonpremedicated group.

Until further information is available it is recommended that this product should not be used in geriatric patients.

Use in Patients With Heart Disease Following oral administration of 7.5 mg of midazolam to adult patients with congestive heart failure, the half-life of midazolam was 43% higher than in control subjects.

One study suggests that hypercarbia or hypoxia following premedication with oral midazolam might pose a risk to children with congenital heart disease and pulmonary hypertension, although there are no known reports of pulmonary hypertensive crisis that had been triggered by premedication.

In the study, 22 children were premedicated with oral midazolam (0.75 mg/kg) or IM morphine plus scopolamine prior to elective repair of congenital cardiac defects.

Both premedication regimens increased PtcCO 2 and decreased SpO 2 and respiratory rates preferentially in patients with pulmonary hypertension.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Midazolam HCl syrup is indicated for use in pediatric patients for sedation, anxiolysis and amnesia prior to diagnostic, therapeutic or endoscopic procedures or before induction of anesthesia.

Midazolam HCl syrup is intended for use in monitored settings only and not for chronic or home use [see WARNINGS] .

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use Published juvenile animal studies demonstrate that the administration of anesthetic and sedation drugs, such as Midazolam Hydrochloride Syrup 2 mg/mL, that either block NMDA receptors or potentiate the activity of GABA during the period of rapid brain growth or synaptogenesis, results in widespread neuronal and oligodendrocyte cell loss in the developing brain and alterations in synaptic morphology and neurogenesis.

Based on comparisons across species, the window of vulnerability to these changes is believed to correlate with exposures in the third trimester of gestation through the first several months of life, but may extend out to approximately 3 years of age in humans.

In primates, exposure to 3 hours of ketamine that produced a light surgical plane of anesthesia did not increase neuronal cell loss, however, treatment regimens of 5 hours or longer of isoflurane increased neuronal cell loss.

Data from isoflurane-treated rodents and ketamine-treated primates suggest that the neuronal and oligodendrocyte cell losses are associated with prolonged cognitive deficits in learning and memory.

The clinical significance of these nonclinical findings is not known, and healthcare providers should balance the benefits of appropriate anesthesia in pregnant women, neonates, and young children who require procedures with the potential risks suggested by the nonclinical data.

[See WARNINGS; Pediatric Neurotoxicity, PRECAUTIONS; Pregnancy, and Pediatric Use, and ANIMAL PHARMACOLOGY AND/OR TOXICOLOGY] .

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy Pregnancy Exposure Registry There is a pregnancy registry that monitors pregnancy outcomes in women exposed to psychiatric medications, including midazolam HCl syrup, during pregnancy.

Healthcare providers are encouraged to register patients by calling the National Pregnancy Registry for Psychiatric Medications at 1-866-961-2388 or visiting online at https://womensmentalhealth.org/pregnancyregistry/.

Risk Summary Neonates born to mothers using benzodiazepines late in pregnancy have been reported to experience symptoms of sedation and/or neonatal withdrawal (see WARNINGS: Neonatal Sedation and Withdrawal Syndrome and Clinical Considerations ) .

Available data from published observational studies of pregnant women exposed to benzodiazepines do not report a clear association with benzodiazepines and major birth defects (see Data ).

The background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage for the indicated population is unknown.

All pregnancies have a background risk of birth defect, loss, or other adverse outcomes.

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated risk of major birth defects and of miscarriage in clinically recognized pregnancies is 2 to 4% and 15 to 20%, respectively.

Clinical Considerations Fetal/Neonatal Adverse Reactions Benzodiazepines cross the placenta and may produce respiratory depression, hypotonia and sedation in neonates.

Monitor neonates exposed to midazolam HCl syrup during pregnancy and labor for signs of sedation, respiratory depression, hypotonia, and feeding problems.

Monitor neonates exposed to midazolam HCl syrup during pregnancy for signs of withdrawal.

Manage these neonates accordingly (see WARNINGS: Neonatal Sedation and Withdrawal Syndrome ) .

Data Human Data Published data from observational studies on the use of benzodiazepines during pregnancy do not report a clear association with benzodiazepines and major birth defects.

Although early studies reported an increased risk of congenital malformations with diazepam and chlordiazepoxide, there was no consistent pattern noted.

In addition, the majority of more recent case-control and cohort studies of benzodiazepine use during pregnancy, which were adjusted for confounding exposures to alcohol, tobacco and other medications, have not confirmed these findings.

Animal Data Pregnant rats were treated with midazolam using intravenous doses of 0.2, 1, and 4 mg/kg/day (0.09, 0.46, and 1.85 times the human induction dose of 0.35 mg/kg based on body surface area comparisons) during the period of organogenesis (Gestation Day 7 through 15).

Midazolam did not cause adverse effects to the fetus at doses of up to 1.85 times the human induction dose.

All doses produced slight to moderate ataxia.

The high dose produced a 5% decrease in maternal body weight gain compared to control.

Pregnant rabbits were treated with midazolam using intravenous doses of 0.2, 0.6, and 2 mg/kg/day (0.09, 0.46, and 1.85 times the human induction dose of 0.35 mg/kg based on body surface area comparisons) during the period of organogenesis (Gestation Day 7 to 18).

Midazolam did not cause adverse effects to the fetus at doses of up to 1.85 times the human induction dose.

The high dose was associated with findings of ataxia and sedation but no evidence of maternal toxicity.

Pregnant rats were administered midazolam using intravenous doses of 0.2, 1, and 4 mg/kg/day (0.09, 0.46, and 1.85 times the human induction dose of 0.35 mg/kg based on body surface area comparisons) during late gestation and through lactation (Gestation Day 15 through Lactation Day 21).

All doses produced ataxia.

The high dose produced a slight decrease in maternal body weight gain compared to control.

There were no clear adverse effects noted in the offspring.

The study included no functional assessments of the pups, such as learning and memory testing or reproductive capacity.

In a published study in primates, administration of an anesthetic dose of ketamine for 24 hours on Gestation Day 122 increased neuronal apoptosis in the developing brain of the fetus.

In other published studies, administration of either isoflurane or propofol for 5 hours on Gestation Day 120 resulted in increased neuronal and oligodendrocyte apoptosis in the developing brain of the offspring.

With respect to brain development, this time period corresponds to the third trimester of gestation in the human.

The clinical significance of these findings is not clear; however, studies in juvenile animals suggest neuroapoptosis correlates with long-term cognitive deficits ( see WARNINGS, Pediatric Neurotoxicity, PRECAUTIONS, Pediatric Use, and ANIMAL PHARMACOLOGY AND/OR TOXICOLOGY ).

Nursing Mothers Risk Summary There are reports of sedation, poor feeding, and poor weight gain in infants exposed to benzodiazepines through breast milk.

The developmental and health benefits of breastfeeding should be considered along with the mother’s clinical need for midazolam HCl syrup and any potential adverse effects on the breastfed infant from midazolam HCl syrup or from the underlying maternal condition.

Clinical Considerations Infants exposed to midazolam HCl syrup through breast milk should be monitored for sedation, poor feeding and poor weight gain.

A lactating woman may consider interrupting breastfeeding and pumping and discarding breast milk during treatment for a range of at least 4 to 8 hours after midazolam administration in order to minimize drug exposure to a breastfed infant.

BOXED WARNING

WARNINGS Personnel and Equipment for Monitoring and Depression Midazolam HCl syrup has been associated with respiratory depression and respiratory arrest, especially when used for sedation in noncritical care settings.

Midazolam HCl syrup has been associated with reports of respiratory depression, airway obstruction, desaturation, hypoxia, and apnea, most often when used concomitantly with other central nervous system depressants.

Midazolam HCl syrup should be used only in hospital or ambulatory care settings, including physicians’ and dentists’ offices, that can provide for continuous monitoring of respiratory and cardiac function.

Immediate availability of resuscitative drugs and age- and size-appropriate equipment for ventilation and intubation, and personnel trained in their use and skilled in airway management should be assured [see WARNINGS] .

For deeply sedated patients, a dedicated individual, other than the practitioner performing the procedure, should monitor the patient throughout the procedure.

Risks From Concomitant Use With Opioids Concomitant use of benzodiazepines and opioids may result in profound sedation, respiratory depression, coma, and death.

Monitor patients for respiratory depression and sedation [see WARNINGS, PRECAUTIONS/Drug Interactions] .

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients To assure safe and effective use of midazolam HCl syrup, the following information and instructions should be communicated to the patient when appropriate: 1.

Inform your physician about any alcohol consumption and medicine you are now taking, especially blood pressure medication, antibiotics, and protease inhibitors, including drugs you buy without a prescription.

Alcohol has an increased effect when consumed with benzodiazepines; therefore, caution should be exercised regarding simultaneous ingestion of alcohol during benzodiazepine treatment.

2.

Inform your physician if you are pregnant or are planning to become pregnant.

3.

Inform your physician if you are nursing.

4.

Patients should be informed of the pharmacological effects of midazolam HCl syrup, such as sedation and amnesia, which in some patients may be profound.

The decision as to when patients who have received midazolam HCl syrup, particularly on an outpatient basis, may again engage in activities requiring complete mental alertness, operate hazardous machinery or drive a motor vehicle must be individualized.

5.

Midazolam HCl syrup should not be taken in conjunction with grapefruit juice.

6.

For pediatric patients, particular care should be taken to assure safe ambulation.

7.

Effect of Anesthetic and Sedation Drugs on Early Brain Development: Studies conducted in young animals and children suggest repeated or prolonged use of general anesthetic or sedation drugs in children younger than 3 years may have negative effects on their developing brains.

Discuss with parents and caregivers the benefits, risks, and timing and duration of surgery or procedures requiring anesthetic and sedation drugs.

Pregnancy Advise pregnant females that use of midazolam HCl syrup late in pregnancy can result in sedation (respiratory depression, lethargy, hypotonia) and/or withdrawal symptoms (hyperreflexia, irritability, restlessness, tremors, inconsolable crying, and feeding difficulties) in newborns (see WARNINGS: Neonatal Sedation and Withdrawal Syndrome and PRECAUTIONS: Pregnancy).

Instruct patients to inform their healthcare provider if they are pregnant.

Advise patients that there is a pregnancy exposure registry that monitors pregnancy outcomes in women exposed to midazolam HCl syrup during pregnancy (see Precautions, Pregnancy ).

Nursing Instruct patients to notify their healthcare provider if they are breastfeeding or intend to breastfeed.

Instruct breastfeeding patients receiving midazolam to monitor infants for excessive sedation, poor feeding, and poor weight gain, and to seek medical attention if they notice these signs.

A lactating woman may consider pumping and discarding breastmilk for at least 4 to 8 hours after receiving midazolam for sedation or anesthesia to minimize drug exposure to a breastfed infant (see Precautions, Nursing Mothers ).

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

Midazolam HCl syrup is indicated for use as a single dose (0.25 to 1.0 mg/kg with a maximum dose of 20 mg) for preprocedural sedation and anxiolysis in pediatric patients.

Midazolam HCl syrup is not intended for chronic administration.

Monitoring Midazolam HCl syrup should only be used in hospital or ambulatory care settings, including physicians’ and dentists’ offices that can provide for continuous monitoring of respiratory and cardiac function.

Immediate availability of resuscitative drugs and age- and size-appropriate equipment for bag/valve/mask ventilation and intubation, and personnel trained in their use and skilled in airway management should be assured [see WARNINGS] .

For deeply sedated patients, a dedicated individual whose sole responsibility it is to observe the patient, other than the practitioner performing the procedure, should monitor the patient throughout the procedure.

Continuous monitoring of respiratory and cardiac function is required.

Midazolam HCl syrup must be given only to patients if they will be monitored by direct visual observation by a health care professional.

Midazolam HCl syrup should only be administered by persons specifically trained in the use of anesthetic drugs and the management of respiratory effects of anesthetic drugs, including respiratory and cardiac resuscitation of patients in the age group being treated.

Patient response to sedative agents, and resultant respiratory status, is variable.

Regardless of the intended level of sedation or route of administration, sedation is a continuum; a patient may move easily from light to deep sedation, with potential loss of protective reflexes, particularly when coadministered with anesthetic agents, other CNS depressants, and concomitant medications which may potentially cause a more intense and prolonged sedation [see PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions] .

This is especially true in pediatric patients.

The health care practitioner who uses this medication in pediatric patients should be aware of and follow accepted professional guidelines for pediatric sedation appropriate to their situation.

Sedation guidelines recommend a careful presedation history to determine how a patient’s underlying medical conditions or concomitant medications might affect their response to sedation/analgesia as well as a physical examination including a focused examination of the airway for abnormalities.

Further recommendations include appropriate presedation fasting.

Intravenous access is not thought to be necessary for all pediatric patients sedated for a diagnostic or therapeutic procedure because in some cases the difficulty of gaining IV access would defeat the purpose of sedating the child; rather, emphasis should be placed upon having the intravenous equipment available and a practitioner skilled in establishing vascular access in pediatric patients immediately available.

Midazolam HCl syrup must never be used without individualization of dosage, particularly when used with other medications capable of producing CNS depression.

Younger (<6 years of age) pediatric patients may require higher dosages (mg/kg) than older pediatric patients, and may require close monitoring.

When midazolam HCl syrup is given in conjunction with opioids or other sedatives, the potential for respiratory depression, airway obstruction, or hypoventilation is increased.

For appropriate patient monitoring, see WARNINGS and : Monitoring.

The health care practitioner who uses this medication in pediatric patients should be aware of and follow accepted professional guidelines for pediatric sedation appropriate to their situation.

The recommended dose for pediatric patients is a single dose of 0.25 to 0.5 mg/kg, depending on the status of the patient and desired effect, up to a maximum dose of 20 mg.

In general, it is recommended that the dose be individualized and modified based on patient age, level of anxiety, concomitant medications, and medical need [see WARNINGS and PRECAUTIONS] .

The younger (6 months to <6 years of age) and less cooperative patients may require a higher than usual dose up to 1.0 mg/kg.

A dose of 0.25 mg/kg may suffice for older (6 to <16 years of age) or cooperative patients, especially if the anticipated intensity and duration of sedation is less critical.

For all pediatric patients, a dose of 0.25 mg/kg should be considered when midazolam HCl syrup is administered to patients with cardiac or respiratory compromise, other higher risk surgical patients, and patients who have received concomitant narcotics or other CNS depressants.

As with any potential respiratory depressant, these patients must be monitored for signs of cardiorespiratory depression after receiving midazolam HCl syrup.

In obese pediatric patients, the dose should be calculated based on ideal body weight.

Midazolam HCl syrup has not been studied, nor is it intended for chronic use.

USE OF ORAL DISPENSERS AND PIBA 1.

Remove the cap.

2.

Before inserting the tip of the oral dispenser into bottle adapter, push the plunger completely down toward the tip of the oral dispenser.

Insert tip firmly into opening of the bottle adapter.

1.

Turn the entire unit (bottle and oral dispenser) upside down.

2.

Pull the plunger out slowly until the desired amount of medication is withdrawn into the oral dispenser.

1.

Turn the entire unit right side up and remove the oral dispenser slowly from the bottle.

1.

The tip of the dispenser may be covered with a tip cap, until time of use.

2.

Close bottle with cap after each use.

3.

Dispense directly into mouth.

Do not mix with any liquid (such as grapefruit juice) prior to dispensing.

INSERTION OF PRESS-IN BOTTLE ADAPTER (PIBA) 1.

Remove the cap and push bottle adapter into neck of bottle.

1.

Close the bottle tightly with cap.

This will assure the proper seating of the bottle adapter in the bottle.

DISPOSAL OF MIDAZOLAM HCl SYRUP The disposal of Schedule IV controlled substances must be consistent with State and Federal Regulations.

plunger.jpg image-1.jpg image-2.jpg image-3.jpg

niacin 500 MG 24 HR Extended Release Oral Tablet

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 • Statins: Caution should be used when prescribing niacin with statins as these agents can increase risk of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis.( 5.2 , 7.1 ) • Bile Acid Sequestrants: Bile acid sequestrants have a high niacin-binding capacity and should be taken at least 4 to 6 hours before niacin extended-release tablet administration.

( 7.2 ) 7.1 Statins Caution should be used when prescribing niacin (≥1 gm/day) with statins as these drugs can increase risk of myopathy/rhabdomyolysis [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

7.2 Bile Acid Sequestrants An in vitro study results suggest that the bile acid-binding resins have high niacin binding capacity.

Therefore, 4 to 6 hours, or as great an interval as possible, should elapse between the ingestion of bile acid-binding resins and the administration of niacin extended-release tablets [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

7.3 Aspirin Concomitant aspirin may decrease the metabolic clearance of nicotinic acid.

The clinical relevance of this finding is unclear.

7.4 Antihypertensive Therapy Niacin may potentiate the effects of ganglionic blocking agents and vasoactive drugs resulting in postural hypotension.

7.5 Other Vitamins or other nutritional supplements containing large doses of niacin or related compounds such as nicotinamide may potentiate the adverse effects of niacin extended-release tablets.

7.6 Laboratory Test Interactions Niacin may produce false elevations in some fluorometric determinations of plasma or urinary catecholamines.

Niacin may also give false-positive reactions with cupric sulfate solution (Benedict’s reagent) in urine glucose tests.

OVERDOSAGE

10 Supportive measures should be undertaken in the event of an overdose.

DESCRIPTION

11 Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP, contain niacin, USP, which at therapeutic doses is an antihyperlipidemic agent.

Niacin, USP (nicotinic acid, or 3-pyridinecarboxylic acid) is a white, crystalline powder, very soluble in water, with the following structural formula: Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP are white to off-white, capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex, debossed tablets for oral administration and are available in three tablet strengths containing 500 mg, 750 mg, and 1000 mg niacin, USP.

Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP also contain the following inactive ingredients: hypromellose, povidone, and stearic acid.

Structural Formula

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Niacin Clinical Studies Niacin’s ability to reduce mortality and the risk of definite, nonfatal myocardial infarction (MI) has been assessed in long-term studies.

The Coronary Drug Project, completed in 1975, was designed to assess the safety and efficacy of niacin and other lipid-altering drugs in men 30 to 64 years old with a history of MI.

Over an observation period of 5 years, niacin treatment was associated with a statistically significant reduction in nonfatal, recurrent MI.

The incidence of definite, nonfatal MI was 8.9% for the 1,119 patients randomized to nicotinic acid versus 12.2% for the 2,789 patients who received placebo ( p < 0.004).

Total mortality was similar in the two groups at 5 years (24.4% with nicotinic acid versus 25.4% with placebo; p = N.S.).

At the time of a 15-year follow-up, there were 11% (69) fewer deaths in the niacin group compared to the placebo cohort (52% versus 58.2%; p = 0.0004).

However, mortality at 15 years was not an original endpoint of the Coronary Drug Project.

In addition, patients had not received niacin for approximately 9 years, and confounding variables such as concomitant medication use and medical or surgical treatments were not controlled.

The Cholesterol-Lowering Atherosclerosis Study (CLAS) was a randomized, placebo-controlled, angiographic trial testing combined colestipol and niacin therapy in 162 non-smoking males with previous coronary bypass surgery.

The primary, per-subject cardiac endpoint was global coronary artery change score.

After 2 years, 61% of patients in the placebo cohort showed disease progression by global change score (n = 82), compared with only 38.8% of drug-treated subjects (n = 80), when both native arteries and grafts were considered ( p < 0.005); disease regression also occurred more frequently in the drug-treated group (16.2% versus 2.4%; p = 0.002).

In a follow-up to this trial in a subgroup of 103 patients treated for 4 years, again, significantly fewer patients in the drug-treated group demonstrated progression than in the placebo cohort (48% versus 85%, respectively; p < 0.0001).

The Familial Atherosclerosis Treatment Study (FATS) in 146 men ages 62 and younger with Apo B levels ≥ 125 mg/dL, established coronary artery disease, and family histories of vascular disease, assessed change in severity of disease in the proximal coronary arteries by quantitative arteriography.

Patients were given dietary counseling and randomized to treatment with either conventional therapy with double placebo (or placebo plus colestipol if the LDL-C was elevated); lovastatin plus colestipol; or niacin plus colestipol.

In the conventional therapy group, 46% of patients had disease progression (and no regression) in at least one of nine proximal coronary segments; regression was the only change in 11%.

In contrast, progression (as the only change) was seen in only 25% in the niacin plus colestipol group, while regression was observed in 39%.

Though not an original endpoint of the trial, clinical events (death, MI, or revascularization for worsening angina) occurred in 10 of 52 patients who received conventional therapy, compared with 2 of 48 who received niacin plus colestipol.

14.2 Niacin Extended-Release Tablet Clinical Studies Placebo-Controlled Clinical Studies in Patients with Primary Hyperlipidemia and Mixed Dyslipidemia: In two randomized, double-blind, parallel, multi-center, placebo-controlled trials, niacin extended-release tablets dosed at 1000, 1500 or 2000 mg daily at bedtime with a low-fat snack for 16 weeks (including 4 weeks of dose escalation) favorably altered lipid profiles compared to placebo ( Table 3 ).

Women appeared to have a greater response than men at each niacin extended-release tablet dose level (see Gender Effect , below).

Table 3.

Lipid Response to Niacin Extended-Release Tablet Therapy Mean Percent Change from Baseline to Week 16 Mean percent change from baseline for all niacin extended-release tablet doses was significantly different ( p < 0.05) from placebo.

Treatment n TC LDL-C HDL-C TG Apo B Niacin Extended-Release Tablets 1000 mg at bedtime 41 -3 -5 +18 -21 -6 Niacin Extended-Release Tablets 2000 mg at bedtime 41 -10 -14 +22 -28 -16 Placebo 40 0 -1 +4 0 +1 Niacin Extended-Release Tablets 1500 mg at bedtime 76 -8 -12 +20 -13 -12 Placebo 73 +2 +1 +2 +12 +1 n = number of patients at baseline.

In a double-blind, multi-center, forced dose-escalation study, monthly 500 mg increases in niacin extended-release tablet dose resulted in incremental reductions of approximately 5% in LDL-C and Apo B levels in the daily dose range of 500 mg through 2000 mg ( Table 4 ).

Women again tended to have a greater response to niacin extended-release tablets than men (see Gender Effect , below).

Table 4.

Lipid Response in Dose-Escalation Study Mean Percent Change from Baseline For all niacin extended-release tablet doses except 500 mg, mean percent change from baseline was significantly different ( p < 0.05) from placebo for all lipid parameters shown.

Treatment n TC LDL-C HDL-C TG Apo B Placebo Placebo data shown are after 24 weeks of placebo treatment.

44 -2 -1 +5 -6 -2 Niacin Extended-Release Tablets 87 500 mg at bedtime -2 -3 +10 -5 -2 1000 mg at bedtime -5 -9 +15 -11 -7 1500 mg at bedtime -11 -14 +22 -28 -15 2000 mg at bedtime -12 -17 +26 -35 -16 n = number of patients enrolled.

Pooled results for major lipids from these three placebo-controlled studies are shown below ( Table 5 ).

Table 5.

Selected Lipid Response to Niacin Extended-Release Tablets in Placebo-Controlled Clinical Studies Represents pooled analyses of results; minimum duration on therapy at each dose was 4 weeks.

Mean Baseline and Median Percent Change from Baseline (25 th , 75 th Percentiles) Niacin Extended-Release Tablets Dose n LDL-C HDL-C TG 1000 mg at bedtime 104 Baseline (mg/dL) 218 45 172 Percent Change -7 (-15, 0) +14 (+7, +23) -16 (-34, +3) 1500 mg at bedtime 120 Baseline (mg/dL) 212 46 171 Percent Change -13 (-21, -4) +19 (+9, +31) -25 (-45, -2) 2000 mg at bedtime 85 Baseline (mg/dL) 220 44 160 Percent Change -16 (-26, -7) +22 (+15, +34) -38 (-52, -14) Gender Effect: Combined data from the three placebo-controlled niacin extended-release tablet studies in patients with primary hyperlipidemia and mixed dyslipidemia suggest that, at each niacin extended-release tablet dose level studied, changes in lipid concentrations are greater for women than for men ( Table 6 ).

Table 6.

Effect of Gender on Niacin Extended-Release Tablet Dose Response Mean Percent Change from Baseline Niacin Extended-Release Tablets n LDL-C HDL-C TG Apo B Dose (M/F) M F M F M F M F 500 mg at bedtime 50/37 -2 -5 +11 +8 -3 -9 -1 -5 1000 mg at bedtime 76/52 -6 Percent change significantly different between genders ( p < 0.05).

-11 +14 +20 -10 -20 -5 -10 1500 mg at bedtime 104/59 -12 -16 +19 +24 -17 -28 -13 -15 2000 mg at bedtime 75/53 -15 -18 +23 +26 -30 -36 -16 -16 n = number of male/female patients enrolled.

Other Patient Populations: In a double-blind, multi-center, 19 week study the lipid-altering effects of niacin extended-release tablets (forced titration to 2000 mg at bedtime) were compared to baseline in patients whose primary lipid abnormality was a low level of HDL-C (HDL-C ≤ 40 mg/dL, TG ≤ 400 mg/dL, and LDL-C ≤ 160, or < 130 mg/dL in the presence of CHD).

Results are shown below ( Table 7 ).

Table 7.

Lipid Response to Niacin Extended-Release Tablets in Patients with Low HDL-C Mean Baseline and Mean Percent Change from Baseline Mean percent change from baseline was significantly different ( p < 0.05) for all lipid parameters shown except LDL-C.

n TC LDL-C HDL-C TG Apo B n = 72 at baseline and 69 at week 19.

Baseline (mg/dL) 88 190 120 31 194 106 Week 19 (% Change) 71 -3 0 +26 -30 -9 n = number of patients.

At niacin extended-release 2000 mg/day, median changes from baseline (25th, 75th percentiles) for LDL-C, HDL-C, and TG were -3% (-14, +12%), +27% (+13, +38%), and -33% (-50, -19%), respectively.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP are supplied as follows: 500 mg: White to off-white, capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex tablet.

Debossed with stylized b 212 on one side and 500 on the other side.

Available in bottles of 90 (NDC 0093-7392-98) and 180 (NDC 0093-7392-86) tablets.

750 mg: White to off-white, capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex tablet.

Debossed with stylized b 213 on one side and 750 on the other side.

Available in bottles of 90 (NDC 0093-7393-98) and 180 (NDC 0093-7393-86) tablets.

1000 mg: White to off-white, capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex tablet.

Debossed with stylized b 214 on one side and 1000 on the other side.

Available in bottles of 90 (NDC 0093-7394-98) and 180 (NDC 0093-7394-86) tablets.

Storage: Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Dispense in a tight, light-resistant container as defined in the USP, with a child-resistant closure (as required).

KEEP THIS AND ALL MEDICATIONS OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Indications and Usage, Combination With a Statin – removal ( 1 ) 04/2015 Dosage and Administration, Combination With a Statin – removal ( 2 ) 04/2015

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Of 979 patients in clinical studies of niacin extended-release tablets, 21% of the patients were age 65 and over.

No overall differences in safety and effectiveness were observed between these patients and younger patients, and other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 • 500 mg white to off-white, capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex, debossed tablets • 750 mg white to off-white, capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex, debossed tablets • 1000 mg white to off-white, capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex, debossed tablets Capsule-shaped, unscored, biconvex, debossed tablets for oral administration: 500 mg, 750 mg, and 1000 mg niacin extended-release.

( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action The mechanism by which niacin alters lipid profiles has not been well defined.

It may involve several actions including partial inhibition of release of free fatty acids from adipose tissue, and increased lipoprotein lipase activity, which may increase the rate of chylomicron triglyceride removal from plasma.

Niacin decreases the rate of hepatic synthesis of VLDL and LDL, and does not appear to affect fecal excretion of fats, sterols, or bile acids.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Therapy with lipid-altering agents should be only one component of multiple risk factor intervention in individuals at significantly increased risk for atherosclerotic vascular disease due to hyperlipidemia.

Niacin, USP therapy is indicated as an adjunct to diet when the response to a diet restricted in saturated fat and cholesterol and other nonpharmacologic measures alone has been inadequate.

1.

Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP are indicated to reduce elevated TC, LDL-C, Apo B and TG levels, and to increase HDL-C in patients with primary hyperlipidemia and mixed dyslipidemia.

2.

In patients with a history of myocardial infarction and hyperlipidemia, niacin, USP is indicated to reduce the risk of recurrent nonfatal myocardial infarction.

3.

In patients with a history of coronary artery disease (CAD) and hyperlipidemia, niacin, USP, in combination with a bile acid binding resin, is indicated to slow progression or promote regression of atherosclerotic disease.

4.

Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP in combination with a bile acid binding resin are indicated to reduce elevated TC and LDL-C levels in adult patients with primary hyperlipidemia.

5.

Niacin, USP is also indicated as adjunctive therapy for treatment of adult patients with severe hypertriglyceridemia who present a risk of pancreatitis and who do not respond adequately to a determined dietary effort to control them.

Limitations of Use Addition of Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP did not reduce cardiovascular morbidity or mortality among patients treated with simvastatin in a large, randomized controlled trial (AIM-HIGH) [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ) ] .

Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP contain extended-release niacin, USP (nicotinic acid), and is indicated: • To reduce elevated TC, LDL-C, Apo B and TG, and to increase HDL-C in patients with primary hyperlipidemia and mixed dyslipidemia.( 1 ) • To reduce the risk of recurrent nonfatal myocardial infarction in patients with a history of myocardial infarction and hyperlipidemia.( 1 ) • In combination with a bile acid binding resin: ∘ Slows progression or promotes regression of atherosclerotic disease in patients with a history of coronary artery disease (CAD) and hyperlipidemia.

( 1 ) ∘ As an adjunct to diet to reduce elevated TC and LDL-C in adult patients with primary hyperlipidemia.

( 1 ) • To reduce TG in adult patients with severe hypertriglyceridemia.( 1 ) Limitations of Use: Addition of Niacin Extended-Release Tablets USP did not reduce cardiovascular morbidity or mortality among patients treated with simvastatin in a large, randomized controlled trial ( 5.1 ).

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness of niacin therapy in pediatric patients (≤ 16 years) have not been established.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects Pregnancy Category C Animal reproduction studies have not been conducted with niacin or with niacin extended-release tablets.

It is also not known whether niacin at doses typically used for lipid disorders can cause fetal harm when administered to pregnant women or whether it can affect reproductive capacity.

If a woman receiving niacin for primary hyperlipidemia becomes pregnant, the drug should be discontinued.

If a woman being treated with niacin for hypertriglyceridemia conceives, the benefits and risks of continued therapy should be assessed on an individual basis.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Niacin is excreted into human milk but the actual infant dose or infant dose as a percent of the maternal dose is not known.

Because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants from lipid-altering doses of nicotinic acid, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or to discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

No studies have been conducted with niacin extended-release tablets in nursing mothers.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Niacin extended-release tablet preparations should not be substituted for equivalent doses of immediate-release (crystalline) niacin.

For patients switching from immediate-release niacin to niacin extended-release tablets, therapy with niacin extended-release tablets should be initiated with low doses (i.e., 500 mg at bedtime) and the niacin extended-release tablet dose should then be titrated to the desired therapeutic response [see Dosage and Administration ( 2 )] .

Caution should also be used when niacin extended-release tablets are used in patients with unstable angina or in the acute phase of an MI, particularly when such patients are also receiving vasoactive drugs such as nitrates, calcium channel blockers, or adrenergic blocking agents.

Niacin is rapidly metabolized by the liver, and excreted through the kidneys.

Niacin extended-release tablets are contraindicated in patients with significant or unexplained hepatic impairment [see Contraindications ( 4 ) and Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 )] and should be used with caution in patients with renal impairment.

Patients with a past history of jaundice, hepatobiliary disease, or peptic ulcer should be observed closely during niacin extended-release tablet therapy.

• Severe hepatic toxicity has occurred in patients substituting sustained-release niacin for immediate-release niacin at equivalent doses.

( 5.3 ) • Myopathy has been reported in patients taking niacin extended-release tablets.

The risk for myopathy and rhabdomyolysis are increased among elderly patients; patients with diabetes, renal failure, or uncontrolled hypothyroidism; and patients being treated with a statin.

( 5.2 ) • Liver enzyme abnormalities and monitoring: Persistent elevations in hepatic transaminase can occur.

Monitor liver enzymes before and during treatment.

( 5.3 ) • Use with caution in patients with unstable angina or in the acute phase of an MI.

( 5 ) • Niacin extended-release tablets can increase serum glucose levels.

Glucose levels should be closely monitored in diabetic or potentially diabetic patients particularly during the first few months of use or dose adjustment.

( 5.4 ) 5.1 Mortality and Coronary Heart Disease Morbidity Niacin extended-release tablets have not been shown to reduce cardiovascular morbidity or mortality among patients already treated with a statin.

The Atherothrombosis Intervention in Metabolic Syndrome with Low HDL/High Triglycerides: Impact on Global Health Outcomes (AIM-HIGH) trial was a randomized placebo-controlled trial of 3414 patients with stable, previously diagnosed cardiovascular disease.

Mean baseline lipid levels were LDL-C 74 mg/dL, HDL-C 35 mg/dL, non-HDL-C 111 mg/dL and median triglyceride level of 163 to 177 mg/dL.

Ninety-four percent of patients were on background statin therapy prior to entering the trial.

All participants received simvastatin, 40 to 80 mg per day, plus ezetimibe 10 mg per day if needed, to maintain an LDL-C level of 40 to 80 mg/dL, and were randomized to receive niacin extended-release tablets 1500 to 2000 mg/day (n = 1718) or matching placebo (IR Niacin, 100 to 150 mg, n = 1696).

On-treatment lipid changes at two years for LDL-C were -12% for the simvastatin plus niacin extended-release tablets group and -5.5% for the simvastatin plus placebo group.

HDL-C increased by 25% to 42 mg/dL in the simvastatin plus niacin extended-release tablets group and by 9.8% to 38 mg/dL in the simvastatin plus placebo group (P < 0.001).

Triglyceride levels decreased by 28.6% in the simvastatin plus niacin extended-release tablets group and by 8.1% in the simvastatin plus placebo group.

The primary outcome was an ITT composite of the first study occurrence of coronary heart disease death, nonfatal myocardial infarction, ischemic stroke, hospitalization for acute coronary syndrome or symptom-driven coronary or cerebral revascularization procedures.

The trial was stopped after a mean follow-up period of 3 years owing to a lack of efficacy.

The primary outcome occurred in 282 patients in the simvastatin plus niacin extended-release tablets group (16.4%) and in 274 patients in the simvastatin plus placebo group (16.2%) (HR 1.02 [95% CI, 0.87 to 1.21], P = 0.79.

In an ITT analysis, there were 42 cases of first occurrence of ischemic stroke reported, 27 (1.6%) in the simvastatin plus niacin extended-release tablets group and 15 (0.9%) in the simvastatin plus placebo group, a non-statistically significant result (HR 1.79, [95%CI = 0.95 to 3.36], p = 0.071).

The on-treatment ischemic stroke events were 19 for the simvastatin plus niacin extended-release tablets group and 15 for the simvastatin plus placebo group [see Adverse Reactions ( 6.1 )] .

5.2 Skeletal Muscle Cases of rhabdomyolysis have been associated with concomitant administration of lipid-altering doses (≥ 1 g/day) of niacin and statins.

Elderly patients and patients with diabetes, renal failure, or uncontrolled hypothyroidism are particularly at risk.

Monitor patients for any signs and symptoms of muscle pain, tenderness, or weakness, particularly during the initial months of therapy and during any periods of upward dosage titration.

Periodic serum creatine phosphokinase (CPK) and potassium determinations should be considered in such situations, but there is no assurance that such monitoring will prevent the occurrence of severe myopathy.

5.3 Liver Dysfunction Cases of severe hepatic toxicity, including fulminant hepatic necrosis, have occurred in patients who have substituted sustained-release (modified-release, timed-release) niacin products for immediate-release (crystalline) niacin at equivalent doses.

Niacin extended-release tablets should be used with caution in patients who consume substantial quantities of alcohol and/or have a past history of liver disease.

Active liver diseases or unexplained transaminase elevations are contraindications to the use of niacin extended-release tablets.

Niacin preparations have been associated with abnormal liver tests.

In three placebo-controlled clinical trials involving titration to final daily niacin extended-release tablet doses ranging from 500 to 3000 mg, 245 patients received niacin extended-release tablets for a mean duration of 17 weeks.

No patient with normal serum transaminase levels (AST, ALT) at baseline experienced elevations to more than 3 times the upper limit of normal (ULN) during treatment with niacin extended-release tablets.

In these studies, fewer than 1% (2/245) of niacin extended-release tablet patients discontinued due to transaminase elevations greater than 2 times the ULN.

Liver-related tests should be performed on all patients during therapy with niacin extended-release tablets.

Serum transaminase levels, including AST and ALT (SGOT and SGPT), should be monitored before treatment begins, every 6 to 12 weeks for the first year, and periodically thereafter (e.g., at approximately 6 month intervals).

Special attention should be paid to patients who develop elevated serum transaminase levels, and in these patients, measurements should be repeated promptly and then performed more frequently.

If the transaminase levels show evidence of progression, particularly if they rise to 3 times ULN and are persistent, or if they are associated with symptoms of nausea, fever, and/or malaise, the drug should be discontinued.

5.4 Laboratory Abnormalities Increase in Blood Glucose: Niacin treatment can increase fasting blood glucose.

Frequent monitoring of blood glucose should be performed to ascertain that the drug is producing no adverse effects.

Diabetic patients may experience a dose-related increase in glucose intolerance.

Diabetic or potentially diabetic patients should be observed closely during treatment with niacin extended-release tablets, particularly during the first few months of use or dose adjustment; adjustment of diet and/or hypoglycemic therapy may be necessary.

Reduction in Platelet Count: Niacin extended-release tablets have been associated with small but statistically significant dose-related reductions in platelet count (mean of -11% with 2000 mg).

Caution should be observed when niacin extended-release tablets are administered concomitantly with anticoagulants; platelet counts should be monitored closely in such patients.

Increase in Prothrombin Time (PT): Niacin extended-release tablets have been associated with small but statistically significant increases in prothrombin time (mean of approximately +4%); accordingly, patients undergoing surgery should be carefully evaluated.

Caution should be observed when niacin extended-release tablets are administered concomitantly with anticoagulants; prothrombin time should be monitored closely in such patients.

Increase in Uric Acid: Elevated uric acid levels have occurred with niacin therapy, therefore use with caution in patients predisposed to gout.

Decrease in Phosphorus: In placebo-controlled trials, niacin extended-release tablets have been associated with small but statistically significant, dose-related reductions in phosphorus levels (mean of -13% with 2000 mg).

Although these reductions were transient, phosphorus levels should be monitored periodically in patients at risk for hypophosphatemia.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION 17.1 Patient Counseling Patients should be advised to adhere to their National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) recommended diet, a regular exercise program, and periodic testing of a fasting lipid panel.

Patients should be advised to inform other healthcare professionals prescribing a new medication that they are taking niacin extended-release tablets.

The patient should be informed of the following: Dosing Time Niacin extended-release tablets should be taken at bedtime, after a low-fat snack.

Administration on an empty stomach is not recommended.

Tablet Integrity Niacin extended-release tablets should not be broken, crushed or chewed, but should be swallowed whole.

Dosing Interruption If dosing is interrupted for any length of time, their physician should be contacted prior to restarting therapy; re-titration is recommended.

Muscle Pain Notify their physician of any unexplained muscle pain, tenderness, or weakness promptly.

They should discuss all medication, both prescription and over the counter, with their physician.

Flushing Flushing (warmth, redness, itching and/or tingling of the skin) is a common side effect of niacin therapy that may subside after several weeks of consistent niacin extended-release tablet use.

Flushing may vary in severity and is more likely to occur with initiation of therapy, or during dose increases.

By dosing at bedtime, flushing will most likely occur during sleep.

However, if awakened by flushing at night, the patient should get up slowly, especially if feeling dizzy, feeling faint, or taking blood pressure medications.

Advise patients of the symptoms of flushing and how they differ from the symptoms of a myocardial infarction.

Use of Aspirin Medication Taking aspirin (up to the recommended dose of 325 mg) approximately 30 minutes before dosing can minimize flushing.

Diet Avoid ingestion of alcohol, hot beverages and spicy foods around the time of taking niacin extended-release tablets to minimize flushing.

Supplements Notify their physician if they are taking vitamins or other nutritional supplements containing niacin or nicotinamide.

Dizziness Notify their physician if symptoms of dizziness occur.

Diabetics If diabetic, to notify their physician of changes in blood glucose.

Pregnancy Discuss future pregnancy plans with your patients, and discuss when to stop niacin extended-release tablets if they are trying to conceive.

Patients should be advised that if they become pregnant, they should stop taking niacin extended-release tablets and call their healthcare professional.

Breastfeeding Women who are breastfeeding should be advised to not use niacin extended-release tablets.

Patients, who have a lipid disorder and are breastfeeding, should be advised to discuss the options with their healthcare professional.

TEVA PHARMACEUTICALS USA, INC.

North Wales, PA 19454 Rev.

I 7/2015

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Niacin Extended-Release Tablets should be taken at bedtime, after a low-fat snack, and doses should be individualized according to patient response.

Therapy with Niacin Extended-Release Tablets must be initiated at 500 mg at bedtime in order to reduce the incidence and severity of side effects which may occur during early therapy.

The recommended dose escalation is shown in Table 1 below.

Table 1.

Recommended Dosing Week(s) Daily Dose Niacin Extended-Release Tablets Dosage INITIAL TITRATION 1 to 4 500 mg 1 Niacin Extended-Release 500 mg Tablet at bedtime SCHEDULE 5 to 8 1000 mg 1 Niacin Extended-Release 1000 mg Tablet or 2 Niacin Extended-Release 500 mg Tablets at bedtime * 1500 mg 2 Niacin Extended-Release 750 mg Tablets or 3 Niacin Extended-Release 500 mg Tablets at bedtime * 2000 mg 2 Niacin Extended-Release 1000 mg Tablets or 4 Niacin Extended-Release 500 mg Tablets at bedtime * After Week 8, titrate to patient response and tolerance.

If response to 1000 mg daily is inadequate, increase dose to 1500 mg daily; may subsequently increase dose to 2000 mg daily.

Daily dose should not be increased more than 500 mg in a 4-week period, and doses above 2000 mg daily are not recommended.

Women may respond at lower doses than men.

Maintenance Dose The daily dosage of Niacin Extended-Release Tablets should not be increased by more than 500 mg in any 4-week period.

The recommended maintenance dose is 1000 mg (two 500 mg tablets or one 1000 mg tablet) to 2000 mg (two 1000 mg tablets or four 500 mg tablets) once daily at bedtime.

Doses greater than 2000 mg daily are not recommended.

Women may respond at lower Niacin Extended-Release Tablet doses than men [see Clinical Studies ( 14.2 )].

Single-dose bioavailability studies have demonstrated that two of the 500 mg and one of the 1000 mg tablet strengths are interchangeable but three of the 500 mg and two of the 750 mg tablet strengths are not interchangeable.

Flushing of the skin [see Adverse Reactions ( 6.1 )] may be reduced in frequency or severity by pretreatment with aspirin (up to the recommended dose of 325 mg taken 30 minutes prior to Niacin Extended-Release Tablet dose).

Tolerance to this flushing develops rapidly over the course of several weeks.

Flushing, pruritus, and gastrointestinal distress are also greatly reduced by slowly increasing the dose of niacin and avoiding administration on an empty stomach.

Concomitant alcoholic, hot drinks or spicy foods may increase the side effects of flushing and pruritus and should be avoided around the time of Niacin Extended-Release Tablet ingestion.

Equivalent doses of Niacin Extended-Release Tablets should not be substituted for sustained-release (modified-release, timed-release) niacin preparations or immediate-release (crystalline) niacin [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5 )].

Patients previously receiving other niacin products should be started with the recommended Niacin Extended-Release Tablet titration schedule (see Table 1 ), and the dose should subsequently be individualized based on patient response.

If Niacin Extended-Release Tablet therapy is discontinued for an extended period, reinstitution of therapy should include a titration phase (see Table 1 ).

Niacin Extended-Release Tablets should be taken whole and should not be broken, crushed or chewed before swallowing.

Dosage in Patients with Renal or Hepatic Impairment Use of Niacin Extended-Release Tablets in patients with renal or hepatic impairment has not been studied.

Niacin Extended-Release Tablets are contraindicated in patients with significant or unexplained hepatic dysfunction.

Niacin Extended-Release Tablets should be used with caution in patients with renal impairment [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5 )].

• Niacin Extended-Release Tablets should be taken at bedtime with a low-fat snack.

( 2 ) • Dose range: 500 mg to 2000 mg once daily.

( 2 ) • Therapy with Niacin Extended-Release Tablets must be initiated at 500 mg at bedtime in order to reduce the incidence and severity of side effects which may occur during early therapy and should not be increased by more than 500 mg in any four week period.

( 2 ) • Maintenance dose: 1000 to 2000 mg once daily.

( 2 ) • Doses greater than 2000 mg daily are not recommended.

( 2 )

pantoprazole 40 MG Enteric Coated Oral Granules for Oral Suspension

Generic Name: PANTOPRAZOLE SODIUM
Brand Name: Protonix Delayed-Release
  • Substance Name(s):
  • PANTOPRAZOLE SODIUM

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Table 4 includes drugs with clinically important drug interactions and interaction with diagnostics when administered concomitantly with PROTONIX and instructions for preventing or managing them.

Consult the labeling of concomitantly used drugs to obtain further information about interactions with PPIs.

Table 4: Clinically Relevant Interactions Affecting Drugs Co-Administered with PROTONIX and Interactions with Diagnostics Antiretrovirals Clinical Impact: The effect of PPIs on antiretroviral drugs is variable.

The clinical importance and the mechanisms behind these interactions are not always known.

• Decreased exposure of some antiretroviral drugs (e.g., rilpivirine atazanavir, and nelfinavir) when used concomitantly with pantoprazole may reduce antiviral effect and promote the development of drug resistance.

• Increased exposure of other antiretroviral drugs (e.g., saquinavir) when used concomitantly with pantoprazole may increase toxicity of the antiretroviral drugs .

• There are other antiretroviral drugs which do not result in clinically relevant interactions with pantoprazole.

Intervention: Rilpivirine-containing products: Concomitant use with PROTONIX is contraindicated [see Contraindications (4) ] .

See prescribing information.

Atazanavir: See prescribing information for atazanavir for dosing information.

Nelfinavir: Avoid concomitant use with PROTONIX.

See prescribing information for nelfinavir.

Saquinavir: See the prescribing information for saquinavir and monitor for potential saquinavir toxicities.

Other antiretrovirals: See prescribing information.

Warfarin Clinical Impact: Increased INR and prothrombin time in patients receiving PPIs, including pantoprazole, and warfarin concomitantly.

Increases in INR and prothrombin time may lead to abnormal bleeding and even death.

Intervention: Monitor INR and prothrombin time.

Dose adjustment of warfarin may be needed to maintain target INR range.

See prescribing information for warfarin.

Clopidogrel Clinical Impact: Concomitant administration of pantoprazole and clopidogrel in healthy subjects had no clinically important effect on exposure to the active metabolite of clopidogrel or clopidogrel-induced platelet inhibition [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

Intervention: No dose adjustment of clopidogrel is necessary when administered with an approved dose of PROTONIX.

Methotrexate Clinical Impact: Concomitant use of PPIs with methotrexate (primarily at high dose) may elevate and prolong serum concentrations of methotrexate and/or its metabolite hydroxymethotrexate, possibly leading to methotrexate toxicities.

No formal drug interaction studies of high-dose methotrexate with PPIs have been conducted [see Warnings and Precautions (5.13) ] .

Intervention: A temporary withdrawal of PROTONIX may be considered in some patients receiving high-dose methotrexate.

Drugs Dependent on Gastric pH for Absorption (e.g., iron salts, erlotinib, dasatinib, nilotinib, mycophenolate mofetil, ketoconazole/itraconazole) Clinical Impact: Pantoprazole can reduce the absorption of other drugs due to its effect on reducing intragastric acidity.

Intervention: Mycophenolate mofetil (MMF): Co-administration of pantoprazole sodium in healthy subjects and in transplant patients receiving MMF has been reported to reduce the exposure to the active metabolite, mycophenolic acid (MPA), possibly due to a decrease in MMF solubility at an increased gastric pH [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

The clinical relevance of reduced MPA exposure on organ rejection has not been established in transplant patients receiving PROTONIX and MMF.

Use PROTONIX with caution in transplant patients receiving MMF.

See the prescribing information for other drugs dependent on gastric pH for absorption.

Interactions with Investigations of Neuroendocrine Tumors Clinical Impact: CgA levels increase secondary to PPI-induced decreases in gastric acidity.

The increased CgA level may cause false positive results in diagnostic investigations for neuroendocrine tumors [see Warnings and Precautions (5.11) , Clinical Pharmacology (12.2) ] .

Intervention: Temporarily stop PROTONIX treatment at least 14 days before assessing CgA levels and consider repeating the test if initial CgA levels are high.

If serial tests are performed (e.g., for monitoring), the same commercial laboratory should be used for testing, as reference ranges between tests may vary.

False Positive Urine Tests for THC Clinical Impact: There have been reports of false positive urine screening tests for tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in patients receiving PPIs [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12) ] .

Intervention: An alternative confirmatory method should be considered to verify positive results.

See full prescribing information for a list of clinically important drug interactions ( 7 )

OVERDOSAGE

10 Experience in patients taking very high doses of PROTONIX (greater than 240 mg) is limited.

Spontaneous post-marketing reports of overdose are generally within the known safety profile of PROTONIX.

Pantoprazole is not removed by hemodialysis.

In case of overdosage, treatment should be symptomatic and supportive.

Single oral doses of pantoprazole at 709 mg/kg, 798 mg/kg, and 887 mg/kg were lethal to mice, rats, and dogs, respectively.

The symptoms of acute toxicity were hypoactivity, ataxia, hunched sitting, limb-splay, lateral position, segregation, absence of ear reflex, and tremor.

If overexposure to PROTONIX occurs, call your Poison Control Center at 1-800-222-1222 for current information on the management of poisoning or overdosage.

DESCRIPTION

11 The active ingredient in PROTONIX (pantoprazole sodium) For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension and PROTONIX (pantoprazole sodium) Delayed-Release Tablets, a PPI, is a substituted benzimidazole, sodium 5-(difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2-pyridinyl)methyl] sulfinyl]-1 H -benzimidazole sesquihydrate, a compound that inhibits gastric acid secretion.

Its empirical formula is C 16 H 14 F 2 N 3 NaO 4 S × 1.5 H 2 O, with a molecular weight of 432.4.

The structural formula is: Pantoprazole sodium sesquihydrate is a white to off-white crystalline powder and is racemic.

Pantoprazole has weakly basic and acidic properties.

Pantoprazole sodium sesquihydrate is freely soluble in water, very slightly soluble in phosphate buffer at pH 7.4, and practically insoluble in n-hexane.

The stability of the compound in aqueous solution is pH-dependent.

The rate of degradation increases with decreasing pH.

At ambient temperature, the degradation half-life is approximately 2.8 hours at pH 5 and approximately 220 hours at pH 7.8.

PROTONIX is supplied as a for delayed-release oral suspension in unit dose packets, available in one strength 40 mg pantoprazole, (equivalent to 45.1 mg of pantoprazole sodium), and as a delayed-release tablet, available in two strengths 20 mg pantoprazole (equivalent to 22.56 mg of pantoprazole sodium) and 40 mg pantoprazole (equivalent to 45.1 mg of pantoprazole sodium).

PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets contains the following inactive ingredients: calcium stearate, crospovidone, hypromellose, iron oxide, mannitol, methacrylic acid copolymer, polysorbate 80, povidone, propylene glycol, sodium carbonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, titanium dioxide, and triethyl citrate.

PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets (40 mg and 20 mg) complies with USP dissolution test 2.

PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension contains the following inactive ingredients: crospovidone, hypromellose, methacrylic acid copolymer, microcrystalline cellulose, polysorbate 80, povidone, sodium carbonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, titanium dioxide, triethyl citrate, and yellow ferric oxide.

Chemical Structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets were used in the following clinical trials.

14.1 Erosive Esophagitis (EE) Associated with Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD) Adult Patients A US multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of PROTONIX 10 mg, 20 mg, or 40 mg once daily was conducted in 603 patients with reflux symptoms and endoscopically diagnosed EE of grade 2 or above (Hetzel-Dent scale).

In this study, approximately 25% of enrolled patients had severe EE of grade 3, and 10% had grade 4.

The percentages of patients healed (per protocol, n = 541) in this study are shown in Table 8.

Table 8: Erosive Esophagitis Healing Rates (Per Protocol) PROTONIX Placebo Week 10 mg daily (n = 153) 20 mg daily (n = 158) 40 mg daily (n = 162) (n = 68) 4 45.6% (p < 0.001) PROTONIX versus placebo 58.4% (p < 0.05) versus 10 mg PROTONIX 75.0% (p < 0.05) versus 10 mg or 20 mg PROTONIX 14.3% 8 66.0% 83.5% 92.6% 39.7% In this study, all PROTONIX treatment groups had significantly greater healing rates than the placebo group.

This was true regardless of H.

pylori status for the 40 mg and 20 mg PROTONIX treatment groups.

The 40 mg dose of PROTONIX resulted in healing rates significantly greater than those found with either the 20 mg or 10 mg dose.

A significantly greater proportion of patients taking PROTONIX 40 mg experienced complete relief of daytime and nighttime heartburn and the absence of regurgitation, starting from the first day of treatment, compared with placebo.

Patients taking PROTONIX consumed significantly fewer antacid tablets per day than those taking placebo.

PROTONIX 40 mg and 20 mg once daily were also compared with nizatidine 150 mg twice daily in a US multicenter, double-blind study of 243 patients with reflux symptoms and endoscopically diagnosed EE of grade 2 or above.

The percentages of patients healed (per protocol, n = 212) are shown in Table 9.

Table 9: Erosive Esophagitis Healing Rates (Per Protocol) PROTONIX Nizatidine Week 20 mg daily (n = 72) 40 mg daily (n = 70) 150 mg twice daily (n = 70) 4 61.4% (p < 0.001) PROTONIX versus nizatidine 64.0% 22.2% 8 79.2% 82.9% 41.4% Once-daily treatment with PROTONIX 40 mg or 20 mg resulted in significantly superior rates of healing at both 4 and 8 weeks compared with twice-daily treatment with 150 mg of nizatidine.

For the 40 mg treatment group, significantly greater healing rates compared to nizatidine were achieved regardless of the H.

pylori status.

A significantly greater proportion of the patients in the PROTONIX treatment groups experienced complete relief of nighttime heartburn and regurgitation, starting on the first day and of daytime heartburn on the second day, compared with those taking nizatidine 150 mg twice daily.

Patients taking PROTONIX consumed significantly fewer antacid tablets per day than those taking nizatidine.

Pediatric Patients Ages 5 Years through 16 Years The efficacy of PROTONIX in the treatment of EE associated with GERD in pediatric patients ages 5 years through 16 years is extrapolated from adequate and well-conducted trials in adults, as the pathophysiology is thought to be the same.

Four pediatric patients with endoscopically diagnosed EE were studied in multicenter, randomized, double-blind, parallel-treatment trials.

Children with endoscopically diagnosed EE (defined as an endoscopic Hetzel-Dent score ≥2) were treated once daily for 8 weeks with one of two dose levels of PROTONIX (20 mg or 40 mg).

All 4 patients with EE were healed (Hetzel-Dent score of 0 or 1) at 8 weeks.

14.2 Long-Term Maintenance of Healing of Erosive Esophagitis Two independent, multicenter, randomized, double-blind, comparator-controlled trials of identical design were conducted in adult GERD patients with endoscopically confirmed healed EE to demonstrate efficacy of PROTONIX in long-term maintenance of healing.

The two US studies enrolled 386 and 404 patients, respectively, to receive either 10 mg, 20 mg, or 40 mg of PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets once daily or 150 mg of ranitidine twice daily.

As demonstrated in Table 10, PROTONIX 40 mg and 20 mg were significantly superior to ranitidine at every timepoint with respect to the maintenance of healing.

In addition, PROTONIX 40 mg was superior to all other treatments studied.

Table 10: Long-Term Maintenance of Healing of Erosive Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD Maintenance): Percentage of Patients Who Remained Healed PROTONIX 20 mg daily PROTONIX 40 mg daily Ranitidine 150 mg twice daily Note: PROTONIX 10 mg was superior (p <0.05) to ranitidine in Study 2, but not Study 1.

Study 1 n = 75 n = 74 n = 75 Month 1 91 (p <0.05 vs.

ranitidine) 99 68 Month 3 82 93 (p <0.05 vs.

PROTONIX 20 mg) 54 Month 6 76 90 44 Month 12 70 86 35 Study 2 n = 74 n = 88 n = 84 Month 1 89 92 62 Month 3 78 91 47 Month 6 72 88 39 Month 12 72 83 37 PROTONIX 40 mg was superior to ranitidine in reducing the number of daytime and nighttime heartburn episodes from the first through the twelfth month of treatment.

PROTONIX 20 mg, administered once daily, was also effective in reducing episodes of daytime and nighttime heartburn in one trial, as presented in Table 11.

Table 11: Number of Episodes of Heartburn (mean ± SD) PROTONIX 40 mg daily Ranitidine 150 mg twice daily Month 1 Daytime 5.1 ± 1.6 (p <0.001 vs.

ranitidine, combined data from the two US studies) 18.3 ± 1.6 Nighttime 3.9 ± 1.1 11.9 ± 1.1 Month 12 Daytime 2.9 ± 1.5 17.5 ± 1.5 Nighttime 2.5 ± 1.2 13.8 ± 1.3 14.3 Pathological Hypersecretory Conditions Including Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome In a multicenter, open-label trial of 35 patients with pathological hypersecretory conditions, such as Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome, with or without multiple endocrine neoplasia-type I, PROTONIX successfully controlled gastric acid secretion.

Doses ranging from 80 mg daily to 240 mg daily maintained gastric acid output below 10 mEq/h in patients without prior acid-reducing surgery and below 5 mEq/h in patients with prior acid-reducing surgery.

Doses were initially titrated to the individual patient needs, and adjusted in some patients based on the clinical response with time [see Dosage and Administration (2) ] .

PROTONIX was well tolerated at these dose levels for prolonged periods (greater than 2 years in some patients).

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING How Supplied PROTONIX (pantoprazole sodium) Delayed-Release Tablets are supplied as yellow, oval biconvex delayed-release tablets imprinted with PROTONIX (brown ink) on one side containing 40 mg pantoprazole and are available as follows: • NDC 0008-0841-81, bottles of 90 PROTONIX (pantoprazole sodium) Delayed-Release Tablets are supplied as yellow oval biconvex delayed-release tablets imprinted with P20 (brown ink) on one side containing 20 mg pantoprazole and are available as follows: • NDC 0008-0843-81, bottles of 90 PROTONIX (pantoprazole sodium) For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension is supplied as pale yellowish to dark brownish, enteric-coated granules containing 40 mg pantoprazole in a unit-dose packet and are available as follows: • NDC 0008-0844-02, unit-dose carton of 30 Storage Store PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension and PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F); excursions permitted to 15° to 30°C (59° to 86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature] .

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Warnings and Precautions, Severe Cutaneous Adverse Reactions ( 5.5 ) 03/2022 Hypomagnesemia and Mineral Metabolism ( 5.8 ) 03/2022

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use In short-term US clinical trials, EE healing rates in the 107 elderly patients (≥65 years old) treated with PROTONIX were similar to those found in patients under the age of 65.

The incidence rates of adverse reactions and laboratory abnormalities in patients aged 65 years and older were similar to those associated with patients younger than 65 years of age.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Delayed-Release Tablets: • 40 mg pantoprazole, yellow oval biconvex tablets imprinted with PROTONIX (brown ink) on one side • 20 mg pantoprazole, yellow oval biconvex tablets imprinted with P20 (brown ink) on one side For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension: • 40 mg pantoprazole, pale yellowish to dark brownish, enteric-coated granules in a unit dose packet • Delayed-Release Tablets: 20 mg and 40 mg pantoprazole ( 3 ) • For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension: 40 mg pantoprazole ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Pantoprazole is a PPI that suppresses the final step in gastric acid production by covalently binding to the (H + , K + )-ATPase enzyme system at the secretory surface of the gastric parietal cell.

This effect leads to inhibition of both basal and stimulated gastric acid secretion, irrespective of the stimulus.

The binding to the (H + , K + )-ATPase results in a duration of antisecretory effect that persists longer than 24 hours for all doses tested (20 mg to 120 mg).

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension and PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets are indicated for: PROTONIX is a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) indicated for the following: • Short-Term Treatment of Erosive Esophagitis Associated with Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD) ( 1.1 ) • Maintenance of Healing of Erosive Esophagitis ( 1.2 ) • Pathological Hypersecretory Conditions Including Zollinger-Ellison (ZE) Syndrome ( 1.3 ) 1.1 Short-Term Treatment of Erosive Esophagitis Associated With Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD) PROTONIX is indicated in adults and pediatric patients five years of age and older for the short-term treatment (up to 8 weeks) in the healing and symptomatic relief of erosive esophagitis (EE).

For those adult patients who have not healed after 8 weeks of treatment, an additional 8-week course of PROTONIX may be considered.

Safety of treatment beyond 8 weeks in pediatric patients has not been established.

1.2 Maintenance of Healing of Erosive Esophagitis PROTONIX is indicated for maintenance of healing of EE and reduction in relapse rates of daytime and nighttime heartburn symptoms in adult patients with GERD.

Controlled studies did not extend beyond 12 months.

1.3 Pathological Hypersecretory Conditions Including Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome PROTONIX is indicated for the long-term treatment of pathological hypersecretory conditions, including Zollinger-Ellison (ZE) Syndrome.

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The safety and effectiveness of PROTONIX for short-term treatment (up to eight weeks) of EE associated with GERD have been established in pediatric patients 1 year through 16 years of age.

Effectiveness for EE has not been demonstrated in patients less than 1 year of age.

In addition, for patients less than 5 years of age, there is no appropriate dosage strength in an age-appropriate formulation available.

Therefore, PROTONIX is indicated for the short-term treatment of EE associated with GERD for patients 5 years and older.

The safety and effectiveness of PROTONIX for pediatric uses other than EE have not been established.

1 year through 16 years of age Use of PROTONIX in pediatric patients 1 year through 16 years of age for short-term treatment (up to eight weeks) of EE associated with GERD is supported by: a) extrapolation of results from adequate and well-controlled studies that supported the approval of PROTONIX for treatment of EE associated with GERD in adults, and b) safety, effectiveness, and pharmacokinetic studies performed in pediatric patients [see Clinical Studies (14.1) , Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

Safety of PROTONIX in the treatment of EE associated with GERD in pediatric patients 1 through 16 years of age was evaluated in three multicenter, randomized, double-blind, parallel-treatment studies, involving 249 pediatric patients, including 8 with EE (4 patients ages 1 year to 5 years and 4 patients 5 years to 11 years).

The children ages 1 year to 5 years with endoscopically diagnosed EE (defined as an endoscopic Hetzel-Dent score ≥2) were treated once daily for 8 weeks with one of two dose levels of PROTONIX (approximating 0.6 mg/kg or 1.2 mg/kg).

All 4 of these patients with EE were healed (Hetzel-Dent score of 0 or 1) at 8 weeks.

Because EE is uncommon in the pediatric population, predominantly pediatric patients with endoscopically-proven or symptomatic GERD were also included in these studies.

Patients were treated with a range of doses of PROTONIX once daily for 8 weeks.

For safety findings see Adverse Reactions (6.1) .

Because these pediatric trials had no placebo, active comparator, or evidence of a dose response, the trials were inconclusive regarding the clinical benefit of PROTONIX for symptomatic GERD in the pediatric population.

The effectiveness of PROTONIX for treating symptomatic GERD in pediatric patients has not been established.

Although the data from the clinical trials support use of PROTONIX for the short-term treatment of EE associated with GERD in pediatric patients 1 year through 5 years, there is no commercially available dosage formulation appropriate for patients less than 5 years of age [see Dosage and Administration (2) ] .

In a population pharmacokinetic analysis, clearance values in the children 1 to 5 years old with endoscopically proven GERD had a median value of 2.4 L/h.

Following a 1.2 mg/kg equivalent dose (15 mg for ≤12.5 kg and 20 mg for >12.5 to <25 kg), the plasma concentrations of pantoprazole were highly variable and the median time to peak plasma concentration was 3 to 6 hours.

The estimated AUC for patients 1 to 5 years old was 37% higher than for adults receiving a single 40 mg tablet, with a geometric mean AUC value of 6.8 µg∙hr/mL.

Neonates to less than one year of age PROTONIX was not found to be effective in a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, treatment-withdrawal study of 129 pediatric patients 1 through 11 months of age.

Patients were enrolled if they had symptomatic GERD based on medical history and had not responded to non-pharmacologic interventions for GERD for two weeks.

Patients received PROTONIX daily for four weeks in an open-label phase, then patients were randomized in equal proportion to receive PROTONIX treatment or placebo for the subsequent four weeks in a double-blind manner.

Efficacy was assessed by observing the time from randomization to study discontinuation due to symptom worsening during the four-week treatment-withdrawal phase.

There was no statistically significant difference between PROTONIX and placebo in the rate of discontinuation.

In this trial, the adverse reactions that were reported more commonly (difference of ≥4%) in the treated population compared to the placebo population were elevated CK, otitis media, rhinitis, and laryngitis.

In a population pharmacokinetic analysis, the systemic exposure was higher in patients less than 1 year of age with GERD compared to adults who received a single 40 mg dose (geometric mean AUC was 103% higher in preterm infants and neonates receiving single dose of 2.5 mg of PROTONIX, and 23% higher in infants 1 through 11 months of age receiving a single dose of approximately 1.2 mg/kg).

In these patients, the apparent clearance (CL/F) increased with age (median clearance: 0.6 L/hr, range: 0.03 to 3.2 L/hr).

These doses resulted in pharmacodynamic effects on gastric but not esophageal pH.

Following once daily dosing of 2.5 mg of PROTONIX in preterm infants and neonates, there was an increase in the mean gastric pH (from 4.3 at baseline to 5.2 at steady-state) and in the mean % time that gastric pH was > 4 (from 60% at baseline to 80% at steady-state).

Following once daily dosing of approximately 1.2 mg/kg of PROTONIX in infants 1 through 11 months of age, there was an increase in the mean gastric pH (from 3.1 at baseline to 4.2 at steady-state) and in the mean % time that gastric pH was > 4 (from 32% at baseline to 60% at steady-state).

However, no significant changes were observed in mean intraesophageal pH or % time that esophageal pH was <4 in either age group.

Because PROTONIX was not shown to be effective in the randomized, placebo-controlled study in this age group, the use of PROTONIX for treatment of symptomatic GERD in infants less than 1 year of age is not indicated.

Animal Toxicity Data In a pre- and post-natal development study in rats, the pups were administered oral doses of pantoprazole at 5, 15, and 30 mg/kg/day (approximately 1, 2.3, and 3.2 times the exposure (AUC) in children aged 6 to 11 years at a dose of 40 mg) on postnatal day (PND 4) through PND 21, in addition to lactational exposure through milk.

On PND 21, decreased mean femur length and weight and changes in femur bone mass and geometry were observed in the offspring at 5 mg/kg/day (approximately equal exposures (AUC) in children aged 6 to 11 years at the 40 mg dose) and higher doses.

Changes in bone parameters were partially reversible following a recovery period.

In neonatal/juvenile animals (rats and dogs) toxicities were similar to those observed in adult animals, including gastric alterations, decreases in red cell mass, increases in lipids, enzyme induction and hepatocellular hypertrophy.

An increased incidence of eosinophilic chief cells in adult and neonatal/juvenile rats, and atrophy of chief cells in adult rats and in neonatal/juvenile dogs, was observed in the fundic mucosa of stomachs in repeated-dose studies.

Full to partial recovery of these effects were noted in animals of both age groups following a recovery period.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Risk Summary Available data from published observational studies did not demonstrate an association of major malformations or other adverse pregnancy outcomes with pantoprazole.

In animal reproduction studies, no evidence of adverse development outcomes was observed with pantoprazole.

Reproduction studies have been performed in rats at oral doses up to 450 mg/kg/day (about 88 times the recommended human dose) and rabbits at oral doses up to 40 mg/kg/day (about 16 times the recommended human dose) with administration of pantoprazole during organogenesis in pregnant animals and have revealed no evidence of harm to the fetus due to pantoprazole in this study (see Data ) .

A pre-and postnatal development toxicity study in rats with additional endpoints to evaluate the effect on bone development was performed with pantoprazole sodium.

Oral pantoprazole doses of 5, 15, and 30 mg/kg/day (approximately 1, 3, and 6 times the human dose of 40 mg/day) were administered to pregnant females from gestation day (GD) 6 through lactation day (LD) 21.

Changes in bone morphology were observed in pups exposed to pantoprazole in utero and through milk during the period of lactation as well as by oral dosing from postnatal day (PND) 4 through PND 21 [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4) ] .

There were no drug-related findings in maternal animals .

Advise pregnant women of the potential risk of fetal harm.

The estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage for the indicated population is unknown.

All pregnancies have a background risk of birth defect, loss or other adverse outcomes.

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in the clinically recognized pregnancies is 2 to 4% and 15 to 20%, respectively.

Data Human Data Available data from published observational studies failed to demonstrate an association of adverse pregnancy-related outcomes and pantoprazole use.

Methodological limitations of these observational studies cannot definitely establish or exclude any drug-associated risk during pregnancy.

In a prospective study by the European Network of Teratology Information Services, outcomes from a group of 53 pregnant women administered median daily doses of 40 mg pantoprazole were compared to a control group of 868 pregnant women who did not take any proton pump inhibitors (PPIs).

There was no difference in the rate of major malformations between women exposed to PPIs and the control group, corresponding to a Relative Risk (RR)=0.55, [95% Confidence Interval (CI) 0.08–3.95].

In a population-based retrospective cohort study covering all live births in Denmark from 1996 to 2008, there was no significant increase in major birth defects during analysis of first trimester exposure to pantoprazole in 549 live births.

A meta-analysis that compared 1,530 pregnant women exposed to PPIs in at least the first trimester with 133,410 unexposed pregnant women showed no significant increases in risk for congenital malformations or spontaneous abortion with exposure to PPIs (for major malformations OR=1.12 ([95% CI 0.86–1.45] and for spontaneous abortions OR=1.29 [95% CI 0.84–1.97]).

Animal Data Reproduction studies have been performed in rats at oral pantoprazole doses up to 450 mg/kg/day (about 88 times the recommended human dose based on body surface area) and in rabbits at oral doses up to 40 mg/kg/day (about 16 times the recommended human dose based on body surface area) with administration of pantoprazole sodium during organogenesis in pregnant animals.

The studies have revealed no evidence of impaired fertility or harm to the fetus due to pantoprazole.

A pre- and postnatal development toxicity study in rats with additional endpoints to evaluate the effect on bone development was performed with pantoprazole sodium.

Oral pantoprazole doses of 5, 15, and 30 mg/kg/day (approximately 1, 3, and 6 times the human dose of 40 mg/day on a body surface area basis) were administered to pregnant females from gestation day (GD) 6 through lactation day (LD) 21.

On postnatal day (PND 4) through PND 21, the pups were administered oral doses at 5, 15, and 30 mg/kg/day (approximately 1, 2.3, and 3.2 times the exposure (AUC) in humans at a dose of 40 mg).

There were no drug-related findings in maternal animals.

During the preweaning dosing phase (PND 4 to 21) of the pups, there were increased mortality and/or moribundity and decreased body weight and body weight gain at 5 mg/kg/day (approximately equal exposures (AUC) in humans receiving the 40 mg dose) and higher doses.

On PND 21, decreased mean femur length and weight and changes in femur bone mass and geometry were observed in the offspring at 5 mg/kg/day (approximately equal exposures (AUC) in humans at the 40 mg dose) and higher doses.

The femur findings included lower total area, bone mineral content and density, periosteal and endosteal circumference, and cross-sectional moment of inertia.

There were no microscopic changes in the distal femur, proximal tibia, or stifle joints.

Changes in bone parameters were partially reversible following a recovery period, with findings on PND 70 limited to lower femur metaphysis cortical/subcortical bone mineral density in female pups at 5 mg/kg/day (approximately equal exposures (AUC) in humans at the 40 mg dose) and higher doses.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS • Gastric Malignancy: In adults, symptomatic response does not preclude presence of gastric malignancy.

Consider additional follow-up and diagnostic testing.

( 5.1 ) • Acute Tubulointerstitial Nephritis : Discontinue treatment and evaluate patients.

( 5.2 ) • Clostridium difficile- Associated Diarrhea : PPI therapy may be associated with increased risk of Clostridium difficile- associated diarrhea.

( 5.3 ) • Bone Fracture : Long-term and multiple daily dose PPI therapy may be associated with an increased risk for osteoporosis-related fractures of the hip, wrist or spine.

( 5.4 ) • Severe Cutaneous Adverse Reactions : Discontinue at the first signs or symptoms of severe cutaneous adverse reactions or other signs of hypersensitivity and consider further evaluation.

( 5.5 ) • Cutaneous and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus : Mostly cutaneous; new onset or exacerbation of existing disease; discontinue PROTONIX and refer to specialist for evaluation.

( 5.6 ) • Cyanocobalamin (Vitamin B-12) Deficiency : Daily long-term use (e.g., longer than 3 years) may lead to malabsorption or a deficiency of cyanocobalamin.

( 5.7 ) • Hypomagnesemia and Mineral Metabolism : Reported rarely with prolonged treatment with PPIs.

( 5.8 ) • Fundic Gland Polyps: Risk increases with long-term use, especially beyond one year.

Use the shortest duration of therapy.

( 5.10 ) 5.1 Presence of Gastric Malignancy In adults, symptomatic response to therapy with PROTONIX does not preclude the presence of gastric malignancy.

Consider additional follow-up and diagnostic testing in adult patients who have a suboptimal response or an early symptomatic relapse after completing treatment with a PPI.

In older patients, also consider an endoscopy.

5.2 Acute Tubulointerstitial Nephritis Acute tubulointerstitial nephritis (TIN) has been observed in patients taking PPIs and may occur at any point during PPI therapy.

Patients may present with varying signs and symptoms from symptomatic hypersensitivity reactions to non-specific symptoms of decreased renal function (e.g., malaise, nausea, anorexia).

In reported case series, some patients were diagnosed on biopsy and in the absence of extra-renal manifestations (e.g., fever, rash or arthralgia).

Discontinue PROTONIX and evaluate patients with suspected acute TIN [see Contraindications (4) ].

5.3 Clostridium difficile- Associated Diarrhea Published observational studies suggest that PPI therapy like PROTONIX may be associated with an increased risk of Clostridium difficile associated diarrhea, especially in hospitalized patients.

This diagnosis should be considered for diarrhea that does not improve [see Adverse Reactions (6.2) ] .

Patients should use the lowest dose and shortest duration of PPI therapy appropriate to the condition being treated.

5.4 Bone Fracture Several published observational studies suggest that PPI therapy may be associated with an increased risk for osteoporosis-related fractures of the hip, wrist, or spine.

The risk of fracture was increased in patients who received high-dose, defined as multiple daily doses, and long-term PPI therapy (a year or longer).

Patients should use the lowest dose and shortest duration of PPI therapy appropriate to the condition being treated.

Patients at risk for osteoporosis-related fractures should be managed according to established treatment guidelines [see Dosage and Administration (2) , Adverse Reactions (6.2) ].

5.5 Severe Cutaneous Adverse Reactions Severe cutaneous adverse reactions, including erythema multiforme, Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS), toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS), and acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP) have been reported in association with the use of PPIs [see Adverse Reactions (6.2) ] .

Discontinue PROTONIX at the first signs or symptoms of severe cutaneous adverse reactions or other signs of hypersensitivity and consider further evaluation.

5.6 Cutaneous and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Cutaneous lupus erythematosus (CLE) and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) have been reported in patients taking PPIs, including pantoprazole sodium.

These events have occurred as both new onset and an exacerbation of existing autoimmune disease.

The majority of PPI-induced lupus erythematous cases were CLE.

The most common form of CLE reported in patients treated with PPIs was subacute CLE (SCLE) and occurred within weeks to years after continuous drug therapy in patients ranging from infants to the elderly.

Generally, histological findings were observed without organ involvement.

Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is less commonly reported than CLE in patients receiving PPIs.

PPI associated SLE is usually milder than non-drug induced SLE.

Onset of SLE typically occurred within days to years after initiating treatment primarily in patients ranging from young adults to the elderly.

The majority of patients presented with rash; however, arthralgia and cytopenia were also reported.

Avoid administration of PPIs for longer than medically indicated.

If signs or symptoms consistent with CLE or SLE are noted in patients receiving PROTONIX, discontinue the drug and refer the patient to the appropriate specialist for evaluation.

Most patients improve with discontinuation of the PPI alone in 4 to 12 weeks.

Serological testing (e.g., ANA) may be positive and elevated serological test results may take longer to resolve than clinical manifestations.

5.7 Cyanocobalamin (Vitamin B-12) Deficiency Generally, daily treatment with any acid-suppressing medications over a long period of time (e.g., longer than 3 years) may lead to malabsorption of cyanocobalamin (Vitamin B-12) caused by hypo- or achlorhydria.

Rare reports of cyanocobalamin deficiency occurring with acid-suppressing therapy have been reported in the literature.

This diagnosis should be considered if clinical symptoms consistent with cyanocobalamin deficiency are observed.

5.8 Hypomagnesemia and Mineral Metabolism Hypomagnesemia, symptomatic and asymptomatic, has been reported rarely in patients treated with PPIs for at least three months, and in most cases after a year of therapy.

Serious adverse events include tetany, arrhythmias, and seizures.

Hypomagnesemia may lead to hypocalcemia and/or hypokalemia and may exacerbate underlying hypocalcemia in at-risk patients.

In most patients, treatment of hypomagnesemia required magnesium replacement and discontinuation of the PPI.

For patients expected to be on prolonged treatment or who take PPIs with medications such as digoxin or drugs that may cause hypomagnesemia (e.g., diuretics), health care professionals may consider monitoring magnesium levels prior to initiation of PPI treatment and periodically [see Adverse Reactions (6.2) ] .

Consider monitoring magnesium and calcium levels prior to initiation of PROTONIX and periodically while on treatment in patients with a preexisting risk of hypocalcemia (e.g., hypoparathyroidism).

Supplement with magnesium and/or calcium as necessary.

If hypocalcemia is refractory to treatment, consider discontinuing the PPI.

5.9 Tumorigenicity Due to the chronic nature of GERD, there may be a potential for prolonged administration of PROTONIX.

In long-term rodent studies, pantoprazole was carcinogenic and caused rare types of gastrointestinal tumors.

The relevance of these findings to tumor development in humans is unknown [see Nonclinical Toxicology (13.1) ] .

5.10 Fundic Gland Polyps PPI use is associated with an increased risk of fundic gland polyps that increases with long-term use, especially beyond one year.

Most PPI users who developed fundic gland polyps were asymptomatic and fundic gland polyps were identified incidentally on endoscopy.

Use the shortest duration of PPI therapy appropriate to the condition being treated.

5.11 Interference with Investigations for Neuroendocrine Tumors Serum chromogranin A (CgA) levels increase secondary to drug-induced decreases in gastric acidity.

The increased CgA level may cause false positive results in diagnostic investigations for neuroendocrine tumors.

Healthcare providers should temporarily stop PROTONIX treatment at least 14 days before assessing CgA levels and consider repeating the test if initial CgA levels are high.

If serial tests are performed (e.g., for monitoring), the same commercial laboratory should be used for testing, as reference ranges between tests may vary [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2) ] .

5.12 Interference with Urine Screen for THC There have been reports of false-positive urine screening tests for tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in patients receiving PPIs, including PROTONIX [see Drug Interactions (7) ] .

5.13 Concomitant Use of PROTONIX with Methotrexate Literature suggests that concomitant use of PPIs with methotrexate (primarily at high dose; see methotrexate prescribing information) may elevate and prolong serum levels of methotrexate and/or its metabolite, possibly leading to methotrexate toxicities.

In high-dose methotrexate administration, a temporary withdrawal of the PPI may be considered in some patients [see Drug Interactions (7) ].

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Medication Guide and Instructions for Use).

Gastric Malignancy Advise patients to return to their healthcare provider if they have a suboptimal response or an early symptomatic relapse [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ] .

Acute Tubulointerstitial Nephritis Advise patients to call their healthcare provider immediately if they experience signs and/or symptoms associated with acute tubulointerstitial nephritis [see Contraindications (4) , Warnings and Precautions (5.2) ] .

Clostridium difficile- Associated Diarrhea Advise patients to immediately call their healthcare provider if they experience diarrhea that does not improve [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3) ] .

Bone Fracture Advise patients to report any fractures, especially of the hip, wrist or spine, to their healthcare provider [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4) ] .

Severe Cutaneous Adverse Reactions Advise patients to discontinue PROTONIX and immediately call their healthcare provider for further evaluation [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5) ] .

Cutaneous and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Advise patients to immediately call their healthcare provider for any new or worsening of symptoms associated with cutaneous or systemic lupus erythematosus [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6) ] .

Cyanocobalamin (Vitamin B-12) Deficiency Advise patients to report any clinical symptoms that may be associated with cyancobalamin deficiency to their healthcare provider if they have been receiving PROTONIX for longer than 3 years [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7) ] .

Hypomagnesemia and Mineral Metabolism Advise patients to report any clinical symptoms that may be associated with hypomagnesemia, hypocalcemia, and/or hypokalemia, to their healthcare provider, if they have been receiving PROTONIX for at least 3 months [see Warnings and Precautions (5.8) ] .

Drug Interactions Instruct patients to inform their healthcare provider of any other medications they are currently taking, including rilpivirine-containing products [see Contraindications (4) ], digoxin [see Warnings and Precautions (5.8) ] and high dose methotrexate [see Warnings and Precautions (5.13) ] .

Pregnancy Advise a pregnant woman of the potential risk to a fetus.

Advise females of reproductive potential to inform their healthcare provider of a known or suspected pregnancy [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1) ] .

Administration • Do not split, crush, or chew PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension and PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets.

• PROTONIX oral suspension packet is a fixed dose and cannot be divided to make a smaller dose.

• Swallow PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets whole, with or without food in the stomach.

• Concomitant administration of antacids does not affect the absorption of PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets.

• Take PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension approximately 30 minutes before a meal.

• Administer PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension in apple juice or applesauce, as described in the Instructions for Use.

Do not administer in water, other liquids, or foods.

• For patients with a nasogastric (NG) or gastrostomy tube, PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension can be administered with apple juice, as described in the Instructions for Use.

• Take a missed dose as soon as possible.

If it is almost time for the next dose, skip the missed dose and take the next dose at the regular scheduled time.

Do not take 2 doses at the same time.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Indication Dose Frequency Short-Term Treatment of Erosive Esophagitis Associated With GERD ( 2.1 ) Adults 40 mg Once Daily for up to 8 wks Children (5 years and older) ≥ 15 kg to < 40 kg 20 mg Once Daily for up to 8 wks ≥ 40 kg 40 mg Maintenance of Healing of Erosive Esophagitis ( 2.1 ) Adults 40 mg Once Daily Controlled studies did not extend beyond 12 months Pathological Hypersecretory Conditions Including Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome ( 2.1 ) Adults 40 mg Twice Daily See full prescribing information for administration instructions 2.1 Recommended Dosing Schedule PROTONIX is supplied as delayed-release granules in packets for preparation of oral suspensions or as delayed-release tablets.

The recommended dosages are outlined in Table 1.

Table 1: Recommended Dosing Schedule for PROTONIX Indication Dose Frequency Short-Term Treatment of Erosive Esophagitis Associated With GERD Adults 40 mg Once daily for up to 8 weeks For adult patients who have not healed after 8 weeks of treatment, an additional 8-week course of PROTONIX may be considered.

Children (5 years and older) ≥ 15 kg to < 40 kg 20 mg Once daily for up to 8 weeks ≥ 40 kg 40 mg Maintenance of Healing of Erosive Esophagitis Adults 40 mg Once daily Controlled studies did not extend beyond 12 months Pathological Hypersecretory Conditions Including Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome Adults 40 mg Twice daily Dosage regimens should be adjusted to individual patient needs and should continue for as long as clinically indicated.

Doses up to 240 mg daily have been administered.

2.2 Administration Instructions Directions for method of administration for each dosage form are presented in Table 2.

Table 2: Administration Instructions Formulation Route Instructions Do not split, chew, or crush PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets and PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension.

Delayed-Release Tablets Oral Swallowed whole, with or without food For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension Oral Administered in 1 teaspoonful of applesauce or apple juice approximately 30 minutes prior to a meal For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension Nasogastric tube See instructions below Take a missed dose as soon as possible.

If it is almost time for the next dose, skip the missed dose and take the next dose at the regular scheduled time.

Do not take 2 doses at the same time.

PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets Swallow PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets whole, with or without food in the stomach.

For patients unable to swallow a 40 mg tablet, two 20 mg tablets may be taken.

Concomitant administration of antacids does not affect the absorption of PROTONIX Delayed-Release Tablets.

PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension Administer PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension approximately 30 minutes prior to a meal via oral administration in apple juice or applesauce or nasogastric tube in apple juice only.

Because proper pH is necessary for stability, do not administer PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension in liquids other than apple juice, or foods other than applesauce.

Do not divide the 40 mg PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension packet to create a 20 mg dosage for pediatric patients who are unable to take the tablet formulation.

PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension – Oral Administration in Applesauce • Open packet.

• Sprinkle granules on one teaspoonful of applesauce.

DO NOT USE OTHER FOODS OR CRUSH OR CHEW THE GRANULES.

• Take within 10 minutes of preparation.

• Take sips of water to make sure granules are washed down into the stomach.

Repeat water sips as necessary.

PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension – Oral Administration in Apple Juice • Open packet.

• Empty granules into a small cup or teaspoon containing one teaspoon of apple juice.

• Stir for 5 seconds (granules will not dissolve) and swallow immediately.

• To make sure that the entire dose is taken, rinse the container once or twice with apple juice to remove any remaining granules.

Swallow immediately.

PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension – Nasogastric (NG) Tube or Gastrostomy Tube Administration For patients who have a nasogastric tube or gastrostomy tube in place, PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension can be given as follows: • Remove the plunger from the barrel of a 2 ounce (60 mL) catheter-tip syringe.

Discard the plunger.

• Connect the catheter tip of the syringe to a 16 French (or larger) tube.

• Hold the syringe attached to the tubing as high as possible while giving PROTONIX For Delayed-Release Oral Suspension to prevent any bending of the tubing.

• Empty the contents of the packet into the barrel of the syringe.

• Add 10 mL (2 teaspoonfuls) of apple juice and gently tap and/or shake the barrel of the syringe to help rinse the syringe and tube.

Repeat at least twice more using the same amount of apple juice (10 mL or 2 teaspoonfuls) each time.

No granules should remain in the syringe.

valsartan 320 MG Oral Tablet [Diovan]

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 No clinically significant pharmacokinetic interactions were observed when Diovan (valsartan) was coadministered with amlodipine, atenolol, cimetidine, digoxin, furosemide, glyburide, hydrochlorothiazide, or indomethacin.

The valsartan-atenolol combination was more antihypertensive than either component, but it did not lower the heart rate more than atenolol alone.

Coadministration of valsartan and warfarin did not change the pharmacokinetics of valsartan or the time-course of the anticoagulant properties of warfarin.

metabolism studies indicate that CYP 450 mediated drug interactions between valsartan and coadministered drugs are unlikely because of the low extent of metabolism .

CYP 450 Interactions: In vitro [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] The results from an study with human liver tissue indicate that valsartan is a substrate of the hepatic uptake transporter OATP1B1 and the hepatic efflux transporter MRP2.

Coadministration of inhibitors of the uptake transporter (rifampin, cyclosporine) or efflux transporter (ritonavir) may increase the systemic exposure to valsartan.

Transporters: in vitro Concomitant use of valsartan with other agents that block the renin-angiotensin system, potassium-sparing diuretics (e.g., spironolactone, triamterene, amiloride), potassium supplements, salt substitutes containing potassium or other drugs that may increase potassium levels (e.g., heparin) may lead to increases in serum potassium and in heart failure patients to increases in serum creatinine.

If co-medication is considered necessary, monitoring of serum potassium is advisable.

Potassium: In patients who are elderly, volume-depleted (including those on diuretic therapy), or with compromised renal function, coadministration of NSAIDs, including selective COX-2 inhibitors, with angiotensin II receptor antagonists, including valsartan, may result in deterioration of renal function, including possible acute renal failure.

These effects are usually reversible.

Monitor renal function periodically in patients receiving valsartan and NSAID therapy.

Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents including Selective Cyclooxygenase-2 Inhibitors (COX-2 Inhibitors): The antihypertensive effect of angiotensin II receptor antagonists, including valsartan, may be attenuated by NSAIDs including selective COX-2 inhibitors.

Dual blockade of the RAS with angiotensin receptor blockers, ACE inhibitors, or aliskiren is associated with increased risks of hypotension, hyperkalemia, and changes in renal function (including acute renal failure) compared to monotherapy.

Most patients receiving the combination of two RAS inhibitors do not obtain any additional benefit compared to monotherapy .

In general, avoid combined use of RAS inhibitors.

Closely monitor blood pressure, renal function and electrolytes in patients on Diovan and other agents that affect the RAS.

Dual Blockade of the Renin-Angiotensin System (RAS): [see Clinical Trials (14.3)] Do not coadminister aliskiren with Diovan in patients with diabetes.

Avoid use of aliskiren with Diovan in patients with renal impairment (GFR <60 mL/min).

Increases in serum lithium concentrations and lithium toxicity have been reported during concomitant administration of lithium with angiotensin II receptor antagonists, including Diovan.

Monitor serum lithium levels during concomitant use.

Lithium: Potassium-sparing diuretics, potassium supplements or salt substitutes may lead to increases in serum potassium, and in heart failure patients, increases in serum creatinine ( ) 7 NSAID use may lead to increased risk of renal impairment and loss of antihypertensive effect ( ) 7 Dual inhibition of the renin-angiotensin system: Increased risk of renal impairment, hypotension, and hyperkalemia ( ) 7 Lithium: Increases in serum lithium concentrations and lithium toxicity ( ) 7 7.1 Clinical Laboratory Test Findings In controlled clinical trials, clinically important changes in standard laboratory parameters were rarely associated with administration of Diovan.

Minor elevations in creatinine occurred in 0.8% of patients taking Diovan and 0.6% given placebo in controlled clinical trials of hypertensive patients.

In heart failure trials, greater than 50% increases in creatinine were observed in 3.9% of Diovan-treated patients compared to 0.9% of placebo-treated patients.

In post-myocardial infarction patients, doubling of serum creatinine was observed in 4.2% of valsartan-treated patients and 3.4% of captopril-treated patients.

Creatinine: Greater than 20% decreases in hemoglobin and hematocrit were observed in 0.4% and 0.8%, respectively, of Diovan patients, compared with 0.1% and 0.1% in placebo-treated patients.

One valsartan patient discontinued treatment for microcytic anemia.

Hemoglobin and Hematocrit: Occasional elevations (greater than 150%) of liver chemistries occurred in Diovan-treated patients.

Three patients (<0.1%) treated with valsartan discontinued treatment for elevated liver chemistries.

Liver Function Tests: Neutropenia was observed in 1.9% of patients treated with Diovan and 0.8% of patients treated with placebo.

Neutropenia: In hypertensive patients, greater than 20% increases in serum potassium were observed in 4.4% of Diovan-treated patients compared to 2.9% of placebo-treated patients.

In heart failure patients, greater than 20% increases in serum potassium were observed in 10.0% of Diovan-treated patients compared to 5.1% of placebo-treated patients.

Serum Potassium: In heart failure trials, greater than 50% increases in BUN were observed in 16.6% of Diovan-treated patients compared to 6.3% of placebo-treated patients.

Blood Urea Nitrogen (BUN):

OVERDOSAGE

10 Limited data are available related to overdosage in humans.

The most likely manifestations of overdosage would be hypotension and tachycardia; bradycardia could occur from parasympathetic (vagal) stimulation.

Depressed level of consciousness, circulatory collapse and shock have been reported.

If symptomatic hypotension should occur, supportive treatment should be instituted.

Diovan (valsartan) is not removed from the plasma by hemodialysis.

Valsartan was without grossly observable adverse effects at single oral doses up to 2000 mg/kg in rats and up to 1000 mg/kg in marmosets, except for salivation and diarrhea in the rat and vomiting in the marmoset at the highest dose (60 and 31 times, respectively, the maximum recommended human dose on a mg/m basis).

(Calculations assume an oral dose of 320 mg/day and a 60-kg patient.) 2

DESCRIPTION

11 Diovan (valsartan) is a nonpeptide, orally active, and specific angiotensin II receptor blocker acting on the AT receptor subtype.

1 Valsartan is chemically described as -(1-oxopentyl)- -[[2′-(1 -tetrazol-5-yl) [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl]methyl]-L-valine.

Its empirical formula is C H N O , its molecular weight is 435.5, and its structural formula is: N N H 24 29 5 3 Valsartan is a white to practically white fine powder.

It is soluble in ethanol and methanol and slightly soluble in water.

Diovan is available as tablets for oral administration, containing 40 mg, 80 mg, 160 mg or 320 mg of valsartan.

The inactive ingredients of the tablets are colloidal silicon dioxide, crospovidone, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, iron oxides (yellow, black and/or red), magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol 8000, and titanium dioxide.

Valsartan structural formula

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 Effects on Mortality Amongst Subgroups in VALIANT 14.1 Hypertension Adult Hypertension The antihypertensive effects of Diovan (valsartan) were demonstrated principally in 7 placebo-controlled, 4- to 12-week trials (1 in patients over 65 years) of dosages from 10 to 320 mg/day in patients with baseline diastolic blood pressures of 95-115 mmHg.

The studies allowed comparison of once-daily and twice-daily regimens of 160 mg/day; comparison of peak and trough effects; comparison (in pooled data) of response by gender, age, and race; and evaluation of incremental effects of hydrochlorothiazide.

Administration of valsartan to patients with essential hypertension results in a significant reduction of sitting, supine, and standing systolic and diastolic blood pressure, usually with little or no orthostatic change.

In most patients, after administration of a single oral dose, onset of antihypertensive activity occurs at approximately 2 hours, and maximum reduction of blood pressure is achieved within 6 hours.

The antihypertensive effect persists for 24 hours after dosing, but there is a decrease from peak effect at lower doses (40 mg) presumably reflecting loss of inhibition of angiotensin II.

At higher doses, however (160 mg), there is little difference in peak and trough effect.

During repeated dosing, the reduction in blood pressure with any dose is substantially present within 2 weeks, and maximal reduction is generally attained after 4 weeks.

In long-term follow-up studies (without placebo control), the effect of valsartan appeared to be maintained for up to 2 years.

The antihypertensive effect is independent of age, gender or race.

The latter finding regarding race is based on pooled data and should be viewed with caution, because antihypertensive drugs that affect the renin-angiotensin system (that is, ACE inhibitors and angiotensin-II blockers) have generally been found to be less effective in low-renin hypertensives (frequently blacks) than in high-renin hypertensives (frequently whites).

In pooled, randomized, controlled trials of Diovan that included a total of 140 blacks and 830 whites, valsartan and an ACE-inhibitor control were generally at least as effective in blacks as whites.

The explanation for this difference from previous findings is unclear.

Abrupt withdrawal of valsartan has not been associated with a rapid increase in blood pressure.

The blood pressure-lowering effect of valsartan and thiazide-type diuretics are approximately additive.

The 7 studies of valsartan monotherapy included over 2,000 patients randomized to various doses of valsartan and about 800 patients randomized to placebo.

Doses below 80 mg were not consistently distinguished from those of placebo at trough, but doses of 80, 160 and 320 mg produced dose-related decreases in systolic and diastolic blood pressure, with the difference from placebo of approximately 6-9/3-5 mmHg at 80 to 160 mg and 9/6 mmHg at 320 mg.

In a controlled trial the addition of HCTZ to valsartan 80 mg resulted in additional lowering of systolic and diastolic blood pressure by approximately 6/3 and 12/5 mmHg for 12.5 and 25 mg of HCTZ, respectively, compared to valsartan 80 mg alone.

Patients with an inadequate response to 80 mg once daily were titrated to either 160 mg once daily or 80 mg twice daily, which resulted in a comparable response in both groups.

In controlled trials, the antihypertensive effect of once-daily valsartan 80 mg was similar to that of once-daily enalapril 20 mg or once-daily lisinopril 10 mg.

There are no trials of Diovan demonstrating reductions in cardiovascular risk in patients with hypertension, but at least one pharmacologically similar drug has demonstrated such benefits.

There was essentially no change in heart rate in valsartan-treated patients in controlled trials.

Pediatric Hypertension The antihypertensive effects of Diovan were evaluated in two randomized, double-blind clinical studies.

In a clinical study involving 261 hypertensive pediatric patients 6 to 16 years of age, patients who weighed <35 kg received 10, 40 or 80 mg of valsartan daily (low, medium and high doses), and patients who weighed ≥35 kg received 20, 80, and 160 mg of valsartan daily (low, medium and high doses).

Renal and urinary disorders, and essential hypertension with or without obesity were the most common underlying causes of hypertension in children enrolled in this study.

At the end of 2 weeks, valsartan reduced both systolic and diastolic blood pressure in a dose-dependent manner.

Overall, the three dose levels of valsartan (low, medium and high) significantly reduced systolic blood pressure by -8, -10, -12 mm Hg from the baseline, respectively.

Patients were re-randomized to either continue receiving the same dose of valsartan or were switched to placebo.

In patients who continued to receive the medium and high doses of valsartan, systolic blood pressure at trough was -4 and -7 mm Hg lower than patients who received the placebo treatment.

In patients receiving the low dose of valsartan, systolic blood pressure at trough was similar to that of patients who received the placebo treatment.

Overall, the dose-dependent antihypertensive effect of valsartan was consistent across all the demographic subgroups.

In a clinical study involving 90 hypertensive pediatric patients 1 to 5 years of age with a similar study design, there was some evidence of effectiveness, but safety findings for which a relationship to treatment could not be excluded mitigate against recommending use in this age group .

[see Adverse Reactions (6.1)] 14.2 Heart Failure The Valsartan Heart Failure Trial (Val-HeFT) was a multinational, double-blind study in which 5,010 patients with NYHA class II (62%) to IV (2%) heart failure and LVEF <40%, on baseline therapy chosen by their physicians, were randomized to placebo or valsartan (titrated from 40 mg twice daily to the highest tolerated dose or 160 mg twice daily) and followed for a mean of about 2 years.

Although Val-HeFT’s primary goal was to examine the effect of valsartan when added to an ACE inhibitor, about 7% were not receiving an ACE inhibitor.

Other background therapy included diuretics (86%), digoxin (67%), and beta-blockers (36%).

The population studied was 80% male, 46% 65 years or older and 89% Caucasian.

At the end of the trial, patients in the valsartan group had a blood pressure that was 4 mmHg systolic and 2 mmHg diastolic lower than the placebo group.

There were two primary end points, both assessed as time to first event: all-cause mortality and heart failure morbidity, the latter defined as all-cause mortality, sudden death with resuscitation, hospitalization for heart failure, and the need for intravenous inotropic or vasodilatory drugs for at least 4 hours.

These results are summarized in the following table.

Placebo Valsartan Hazard Ratio Nominal (N=2,499) (N=2,511) (95% CI*) p-value All-cause mortality 484 495 1.02 0.8 (19.4%) (19.7%) (0.90-1.15) HF morbidity 801 723 0.87 0.009 (32.1%) (28.8%) (0.79-0.97) * CI = Confidence Interval Although the overall morbidity result favored valsartan, this result was largely driven by the 7% of patients not receiving an ACE inhibitor, as shown in the following table.

Without ACE Inhibitor With ACE Inhibitor Placebo Valsartan Placebo Valsartan (N=181) (N=185) (N=2,318) (N=2,326) Events (%) 77 (42.5%) 46 (24.9%) 724 (31.2%) 677 (29.1%) Hazard ratio (95% CI) 0.51 (0.35, 0.73) 0.92 (0.82, 1.02) p-value 0.0002 0.0965 The modest favorable trend in the group receiving an ACE inhibitor was largely driven by the patients receiving less than the recommended dose of ACE inhibitor.

Thus, there is little evidence of further clinical benefit when valsartan is added to an adequate dose of ACE inhibitor.

Secondary end points in the subgroup not receiving ACE inhibitors were as follows.

Placebo Valsartan Hazard Ratio (N=181) (N=185) (95% CI) Components of HF morbidity All-cause mortality 49 (27.1%) 32 (17.3%) 0.59 (0.37, 0.91) Sudden death with resuscitation 2 (1.1%) 1 (0.5%) 0.47 (0.04, 5.20) CHF therapy 1 (0.6%) 0 (0.0%) – CHF hospitalization 48 (26.5%) 24 (13.0%) 0.43 (0.27, 0.71) Cardiovascular mortality 40 (22.1%) 29 (15.7%) 0.65 (0.40, 1.05) Non-fatal morbidity 49 (27.1%) 24 (13.0%) 0.42 (0.26, 0.69) In patients not receiving an ACE inhibitor, valsartan-treated patients had an increase in ejection fraction and reduction in left ventricular internal diastolic diameter (LVIDD).

Effects were generally consistent across subgroups defined by age and gender for the population of patients not receiving an ACE inhibitor.

The number of black patients was small and does not permit a meaningful assessment in this subset of patients.

14.3 Post-Myocardial Infarction The VALsartan In Acute myocardial iNfarcTion trial (VALIANT) was a randomized, controlled, multinational, double-blind study in 14,703 patients with acute myocardial infarction and either heart failure (signs, symptoms or radiological evidence) or left ventricular systolic dysfunction (ejection fraction ≤40% by radionuclide ventriculography or ≤35% by echocardiography or ventricular contrast angiography).

Patients were randomized within 12 hours to 10 days after the onset of myocardial infarction symptoms to one of three treatment groups: valsartan (titrated from 20 or 40 mg twice daily to the highest tolerated dose up to a maximum of 160 mg twice daily), the ACE inhibitor, captopril (titrated from 6.25 mg three times daily to the highest tolerated dose up to a maximum of 50 mg three times daily), or the combination of valsartan plus captopril.

In the combination group, the dose of valsartan was titrated from 20 mg twice daily to the highest tolerated dose up to a maximum of 80 mg twice daily; the dose of captopril was the same as for monotherapy.

The population studied was 69% male, 94% Caucasian, and 53% were 65 years of age or older.

Baseline therapy included aspirin (91%), beta-blockers (70%), ACE inhibitors (40%), thrombolytics (35%) and statins (34%).

The mean treatment duration was 2 years.

The mean daily dose of Diovan in the monotherapy group was 217 mg.

The primary endpoint was time to all-cause mortality.

Secondary endpoints included (1) time to cardiovascular (CV) mortality, and (2) time to the first event of cardiovascular mortality, reinfarction, or hospitalization for heart failure.

The results are summarized in the following table.

Valsartan vs.

Captopril (N=4,909) (N=4,909) Valsartan + Captopril vs.

Captopril (N=4,885) (N=4,909) No.

of Deaths Valsartan/Captopril Hazard Ratio CI p-value No.

of Deaths Comb/Captopril Hazard Ratio CI p-value All-cause mortality 979 (19.9%) /958 (19.5%) 1.001 (0.902, 1.111) 0.98 941 (19.3%) /958 (19.5%) 0.984 (0.886, 1.093) 0.73 CV mortality 827 (16.8%) /830 (16.9%) 0.976 (0.875, 1.090) CV mortality, hospitalization for HF, and recurrent non-fatal MI 1,529 (31.1%) /1,567 (31.9%) 0.955 (0.881, 1.035) There was no difference in overall mortality among the three treatment groups.

There was thus no evidence that combining the ACE inhibitor captopril and the angiotensin II blocker valsartan was of value.

The data were assessed to see whether the effectiveness of valsartan could be demonstrated by showing in a non-inferiority analysis that it preserved a fraction of the effect of captopril, a drug with a demonstrated survival effect in this setting.

A conservative estimate of the effect of captopril (based on a pooled analysis of 3 post-infarction studies of captopril and 2 other ACE inhibitors) was a 14% to 16% reduction in mortality compared to placebo.

Valsartan would be considered effective if it preserved a meaningful fraction of that effect and unequivocally preserved some of that effect.

As shown in the table, the upper bound of the CI for the hazard ratio (valsartan/captopril) for overall or CV mortality is 1.09 to 1.11, a difference of about 9% to 11%, thus making it unlikely that valsartan has less than about half of the estimated effect of captopril and clearly demonstrating an effect of valsartan.

The other secondary endpoints were consistent with this conclusion.

Effects on Mortality Amongst Subgroups in VALIANT There were no clear differences in all-cause mortality based on age, gender, race, or baseline therapies, as shown in the figure above.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING NDC:54569-5666-0 in a BOTTLE of 30 TABLETS

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use In the controlled clinical trials of valsartan, 1,214 (36.2%) hypertensive patients treated with valsartan were ≥65 years and 265 (7.9%) were ≥75 years.

No overall difference in the efficacy or safety of valsartan was observed in this patient population, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

Of the 2,511 patients with heart failure randomized to valsartan in the Valsartan Heart Failure Trial, 45% (1,141) were 65 years of age or older.

In the Valsartan in Acute Myocardial Infarction Trial (VALIANT), 53% (2,596) of the 4,909 patients treated with valsartan and 51% (2,515) of the 4,885 patients treated with valsartan + captopril were 65 years of age or older.

There were no notable differences in efficacy or safety between older and younger patients in either trial.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 40 mg are scored yellow ovaloid tablets with beveled edges, imprinted NVR/DO (Side 1/Side 2) 80 mg are pale red almond-shaped tablets with beveled edges, imprinted NVR/DV 160 mg are grey-orange almond-shaped tablets with beveled edges, imprinted NVR/DX 320 mg are dark grey-violet almond-shaped tablets with beveled edges, imprinted NVR/DXL Tablets (mg): 40 (scored), 80, 160, 320

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Angiotensin II is formed from angiotensin I in a reaction catalyzed by angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE, kininase II).

Angiotensin II is the principal pressor agent of the renin-angiotensin system, with effects that include vasoconstriction, stimulation of synthesis and release of aldosterone, cardiac stimulation, and renal reabsorption of sodium.

Diovan (valsartan) blocks the vasoconstrictor and aldosterone-secreting effects of angiotensin II by selectively blocking the binding of angiotensin II to the AT receptor in many tissues, such as vascular smooth muscle and the adrenal gland.

Its action is therefore independent of the pathways for angiotensin II synthesis.

1 There is also an AT receptor found in many tissues, but AT is not known to be associated with cardiovascular homeostasis.

Valsartan has much greater affinity (about 20,000-fold) for the AT receptor than for the AT receptor.

The increased plasma levels of angiotensin II following AT receptor blockade with valsartan may stimulate the unblocked AT receptor.

The primary metabolite of valsartan is essentially inactive with an affinity for the AT receptor about one-200th that of valsartan itself.

2 2 1 2 1 2 1 Blockade of the renin-angiotensin system with ACE inhibitors, which inhibit the biosynthesis of angiotensin II from angiotensin I, is widely used in the treatment of hypertension.

ACE inhibitors also inhibit the degradation of bradykinin, a reaction also catalyzed by ACE.

Because valsartan does not inhibit ACE (kininase II), it does not affect the response to bradykinin.

Whether this difference has clinical relevance is not yet known.

Valsartan does not bind to or block other hormone receptors or ion channels known to be important in cardiovascular regulation.

Blockade of the angiotensin II receptor inhibits the negative regulatory feedback of angiotensin II on renin secretion, but the resulting increased plasma renin activity and angiotensin II circulating levels do not overcome the effect of valsartan on blood pressure.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Diovan is an angiotensin II receptor blocker (ARB) indicated for: Treatment of , to lower blood pressure.

Lowering blood pressure reduces the risk of fatal and nonfatal cardiovascular events, primarily strokes and myocardial infarctions ( ) hypertension 1.1 Treatment of (NYHA class II-IV); Diovan significantly reduced hospitalization for heart failure ( ) heart failure 1.2 Reduction of cardiovascular mortality in clinically stable patients with left ventricular failure or left ventricular dysfunction ( ) following myocardial infarction 1.3 1.1 Hypertension Diovan (valsartan) is indicated for the treatment of hypertension, to lower blood pressure.

Lowering blood pressure reduces the risk of fatal and nonfatal cardiovascular events, primarily strokes and myocardial infarctions.

These benefits have been seen in controlled trials of antihypertensive drugs from a wide variety of pharmacologic classes including the class to which valsartan principally belongs.

There are no controlled trials in hypertensive patients demonstrating risk reduction with Diovan.

® Control of high blood pressure should be part of comprehensive cardiovascular risk management, including, as appropriate, lipid control, diabetes management, antithrombotic therapy, smoking cessation, exercise, and limited sodium intake.

Many patients will require more than one drug to achieve blood pressure goals.

For specific advice on goals and management, see published guidelines, such as those of the National High Blood Pressure Education Program’s Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (JNC).

Numerous antihypertensive drugs, from a variety of pharmacologic classes and with different mechanisms of action, have been shown in randomized controlled trials to reduce cardiovascular morbidity and mortality, and it can be concluded that it is blood pressure reduction, and not some other pharmacologic property of the drugs, that is largely responsible for those benefits.

The largest and most consistent cardiovascular outcome benefit has been a reduction in the risk of stroke, but reductions in myocardial infarction and cardiovascular mortality also have been seen regularly.

Elevated systolic or diastolic pressure causes increased cardiovascular risk, and the absolute risk increase per mmHg is greater at higher blood pressures, so that even modest reductions of severe hypertension can provide substantial benefit.

Relative risk reduction from blood pressure reduction is similar across populations with varying absolute risk, so the absolute benefit is greater in patients who are at higher risk independent of their hypertension (e.g., patients with diabetes or hyperlipidemia), and such patients would be expected to benefit from more aggressive treatment to a lower blood pressure goal.

Some antihypertensive drugs have smaller blood pressure effects (as monotherapy) in black patients, and many antihypertensive drugs have additional approved indications and effects (e.g., on angina, heart failure, or diabetic kidney disease).

These considerations may guide selection of therapy.

Diovan may be used alone or in combination with other antihypertensive agents.

1.2 Heart Failure Diovan is indicated for the treatment of heart failure (NYHA class II-IV).

In a controlled clinical trial, Diovan significantly reduced hospitalizations for heart failure.

There is no evidence that Diovan provides added benefits when it is used with an adequate dose of an ACE inhibitor .

[see Clinical Studies (14.2)] 1.3 Post-Myocardial Infarction In clinically stable patients with left ventricular failure or left ventricular dysfunction following myocardial infarction, Diovan is indicated to reduce cardiovascular mortality .

[see Clinical Studies (14.3)]

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The antihypertensive effects of Diovan have been evaluated in two randomized, double-blind clinical studies in pediatric patients from 1-5 and 6-16 years of age .

The pharmacokinetics of Diovan have been evaluated in pediatric patients 1 to 16 years of age .

Diovan was generally well tolerated in children 6-16 years and the adverse experience profile was similar to that described for adults.

[see Clinical Studies (14.1)] [see Pharmacokinetics, Special Populations, Pediatric (12.3)] In children and adolescents with hypertension where underlying renal abnormalities may be more common, renal function and serum potassium should be closely monitored as clinically indicated.

Diovan is not recommended for pediatric patients under 6 years of age due to safety findings for which a relationship to treatment could not be excluded .

[see Adverse Reactions, Pediatric Hypertension (6.1)] No data are available in pediatric patients either undergoing dialysis or with a glomerular filtration rate <30 mL/min/1.73 m .

2 There is limited clinical experience with Diovan in pediatric patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment .

[see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)] Daily oral dosing of neonatal/juvenile rats with valsartan at doses as low as 1 mg/kg/day (about 10% of the maximum recommended pediatric dose on a mg/m basis) from postnatal day 7 to postnatal day 70 produced persistent, irreversible kidney damage.

These kidney effects in neonatal rats represent expected exaggerated pharmacological effects that are observed if rats are treated during the first 13 days of life.

Since this period coincides with up to 44 weeks after conception in humans, it is not considered to point toward an increased safety concern in 6 to 16 year old children.

2 Neonates with a history of in utero exposure to Diovan: If oliguria or hypotension occurs, direct attention toward support of blood pressure and renal perfusion.

Exchange transfusions or dialysis may be required as a means of reversing hypotension and/or substituting for disordered renal function.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Category D Use of drugs that act on the renin-angiotensin system during the second and third trimesters of pregnancy reduces fetal renal function and increases fetal and neonatal morbidity and death.

Resulting oligohydramnios can be associated with fetal lung hypoplasia and skeletal deformations.

Potential neonatal adverse effects include skull hypoplasia, anuria, hypotension, renal failure, and death.

When pregnancy is detected, discontinue Diovan as soon as possible.

These adverse outcomes are usually associated with use of these drugs in the second and third trimesters of pregnancy.

Most epidemiologic studies examining fetal abnormalities after exposure to antihypertensive use in the first trimester have not distinguished drugs affecting the renin-angiotensin system from other antihypertensive agents.

Appropriate management of maternal hypertension during pregnancy is important to optimize outcomes for both mother and fetus.

In the unusual case that there is no appropriate alternative to therapy with drugs affecting the renin-angiotensin system for a particular patient, apprise the mother of the potential risk to the fetus.

Perform serial ultrasound examinations to assess the intra-amniotic environment.

If oligohydramnios is observed, discontinue Diovan, unless it is considered lifesaving for the mother.

Fetal testing may be appropriate, based on the week of pregnancy.

Patients and physicians should be aware, however, that oligohydramnios may not appear until after the fetus has sustained irreversible injury.

Closely observe infants with histories of in utero exposure to Diovan for hypotension, oliguria, and hyperkalemia .

[see Use in Specific Populations (8.4)]

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers It is not known whether Diovan is excreted in human milk.

Diovan was excreted in the milk of lactating rats; however, animal breast milk drug levels may not accurately reflect human breast milk levels.

Because many drugs are excreted into human milk and because of the potential for adverse reactions in nursing infants from Diovan, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: FETAL TOXICITY When pregnancy is detected, discontinue Diovan as soon as possible.

(5.1) Drugs that act directly on the renin-angiotensin system can cause injury and death to the developing fetus.

(5.1) WARNING: FETAL TOXICITY See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

When pregnancy is detected, discontinue Diovan as soon as possible.

( ) 5.1 Drugs that act directly on the renin-angiotensin system can cause injury and death to the developing fetus.

( ) 5.1

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Observe for signs and symptoms of hypotension ( ) 5.2 Monitor renal function and potassium in susceptible patients ( , ) 5.3 5.4 5.1 Fetal Toxicity Pregnancy Category D Use of drugs that act on the renin-angiotensin system during the second and third trimesters of pregnancy reduces fetal renal function and increases fetal and neonatal morbidity and death.

Resulting oligohydramnios can be associated with fetal lung hypoplasia and skeletal deformations.

Potential neonatal adverse effects include skull hypoplasia, anuria, hypotension, renal failure, and death.

When pregnancy is detected, discontinue Diovan as soon as possible .

[see Use in Specific Populations (8.1)] 5.2 Hypotension Excessive hypotension was rarely seen (0.1%) in patients with uncomplicated hypertension treated with Diovan alone.

In patients with an activated renin-angiotensin system, such as volume- and/or salt-depleted patients receiving high doses of diuretics, symptomatic hypotension may occur.

This condition should be corrected prior to administration of Diovan, or the treatment should start under close medical supervision.

Caution should be observed when initiating therapy in patients with heart failure or post-myocardial infarction patients.

Patients with heart failure or post-myocardial infarction patients given Diovan commonly have some reduction in blood pressure, but discontinuation of therapy because of continuing symptomatic hypotension usually is not necessary when dosing instructions are followed.

In controlled trials in heart failure patients, the incidence of hypotension in valsartan-treated patients was 5.5% compared to 1.8% in placebo-treated patients.

In the Valsartan in Acute Myocardial Infarction Trial (VALIANT), hypotension in post-myocardial infarction patients led to permanent discontinuation of therapy in 1.4% of valsartan-treated patients and 0.8% of captopril-treated patients.

If excessive hypotension occurs, the patient should be placed in the supine position and, if necessary, given an intravenous infusion of normal saline.

A transient hypotensive response is not a contraindication to further treatment, which usually can be continued without difficulty once the blood pressure has stabilized.

5.3 Impaired Renal Function Changes in renal function including acute renal failure can be caused by drugs that inhibit the renin-angiotensin system and by diuretics.

Patients whose renal function may depend in part on the activity of the renin-angiotensin system (e.g., patients with renal artery stenosis, chronic kidney disease, severe congestive heart failure, or volume depletion) may be at particular risk of developing acute renal failure on Diovan.

Monitor renal function periodically in these patients.

Consider withholding or discontinuing therapy in patients who develop a clinically significant decrease in renal function on Diovan .

[see Drug Interactions (7)] 5.4 Hyperkalemia Some patients with heart failure have developed increases in potassium.

These effects are usually minor and transient, and they are more likely to occur in patients with pre-existing renal impairment.

Dosage reduction and/or discontinuation of Diovan may be required .

[see Adverse Reactions (6.1)]

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Information for Patients Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Patient Information).

Female patients of childbearing age should be told about the consequences of exposure to Diovan during pregnancy.

Discuss treatment options with women planning to become pregnant.

Patients should be asked to report pregnancies to their physicians as soon as possible.

Pregnancy: T2015-116 July 2015

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Indication Starting D ose Dose Range Target Maintenance Dose* Adult Hypertension ( ) 2.1 80 or 160 mg once daily 80-320 mg once daily — Pediatric Hypertension (6-16 years) ( ) 2.2 1.3 mg/kg once daily (up to 40 mg total) 1.3-2.7 mg/kg once daily (up to 40-160 mg total) — Heart Failure ( ) 2.3 40 mg twice daily 40-160 mg twice daily 160 mg twice daily Post-Myocardial Infarction ( ) 2.4 20 mg twice daily 20-160 mg twice daily 160 mg twice daily * as tolerated by patient 2.1 Adult Hypertension The recommended starting dose of Diovan (valsartan) is 80 mg or 160 mg once daily when used as monotherapy in patients who are not volume-depleted.

Patients requiring greater reductions may be started at the higher dose.

Diovan may be used over a dose range of 80 mg to 320 mg daily, administered once a day.

The antihypertensive effect is substantially present within 2 weeks and maximal reduction is generally attained after 4 weeks.

If additional antihypertensive effect is required over the starting dose range, the dose may be increased to a maximum of 320 mg or a diuretic may be added.

Addition of a diuretic has a greater effect than dose increases beyond 80 mg.

No initial dosage adjustment is required for elderly patients, for patients with mild or moderate renal impairment, or for patients with mild or moderate liver insufficiency.

Care should be exercised with dosing of Diovan in patients with hepatic or severe renal impairment.

Diovan may be administered with other antihypertensive agents.

Diovan may be administered with or without food.

2.2 Pediatric Hypertension 6 to 16 Years of Age For children who can swallow tablets, the usual recommended starting dose is 1.3 mg/kg once daily (up to 40 mg total).

The dosage should be adjusted according to blood pressure response.

Doses higher than 2.7 mg/kg (up to 160 mg) once daily have not been studied in pediatric patients 6 to 16 years old.

For children who cannot swallow tablets, or children for whom the calculated dosage (mg/kg) does not correspond to the available tablet strengths of Diovan, the use of a suspension is recommended.

Follow the suspension preparation instructions below (see ) to administer valsartan as a suspension.

When the suspension is replaced by a tablet, the dose of valsartan may have to be increased.

The exposure to valsartan with the suspension is 1.6 times greater than with the tablet.

Preparation of Suspension No data are available in pediatric patients either undergoing dialysis or with a glomerular filtration rate <30 mL/min/1.73 m .

2 [see Pediatric Use (8.4)] Diovan is not recommended for patients <6 years old .

[see Adverse Reactions (6.1), Clinical Studies (14.1)] Preparation of Suspension (for 160 mL of a 4 mg/mL suspension) Add 80 mL of Ora-Plus * oral suspending vehicle to an amber glass bottle containing 8 Diovan 80 mg tablets, and shake for a minimum of 2 minutes.

Allow the suspension to stand for a minimum of 1 hour.

After the standing time, shake the suspension for a minimum of 1 additional minute.

Add 80 mL of Ora-Sweet SF * oral sweetening vehicle to the bottle and shake the suspension for at least 10 seconds to disperse the ingredients.

The suspension is homogenous and can be stored for either up to 30 days at room temperature (below 30ºC/86ºF) or up to 75 days at refrigerated conditions (2-8ºC/35-46ºF) in the glass bottle with a child-resistant screw-cap closure.

Shake the bottle well (at least 10 seconds) prior to dispensing the suspension.

® ® *Ora-Sweet SF and Ora-Plus are registered trademarks of Paddock Laboratories, Inc.

® ® 2.3 Heart Failure The recommended starting dose of Diovan is 40 mg twice daily.

Uptitration to 80 mg and 160 mg twice daily should be done to the highest dose, as tolerated by the patient.

Consideration should be given to reducing the dose of concomitant diuretics.

The maximum daily dose administered in clinical trials is 320 mg in divided doses.

2.4 Post-Myocardial Infarction Diovan may be initiated as early as 12 hours after a myocardial infarction.

The recommended starting dose of Diovan is 20 mg twice daily.

Patients may be uptitrated within 7 days to 40 mg twice daily, with subsequent titrations to a target maintenance dose of 160 mg twice daily, as tolerated by the patient.

If symptomatic hypotension or renal dysfunction occurs, consideration should be given to a dosage reduction.

Diovan may be given with other standard post-myocardial infarction treatment, including thrombolytics, aspirin, beta-blockers, and statins.

rufinamide 200 MG Oral Tablet [Banzel]

Generic Name: RUFINAMIDE
Brand Name: Banzel
  • Substance Name(s):
  • RUFINAMIDE

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 D RUG INTERACTION S Patients on valproate should begin at a BANZEL dose lower than 10 mg/kg per day (pediatric patients) or 400 mg per day (adults) ( 7.2 ) Hormonal contraceptives may be less effective with BANZEL; use additional non-hormonal forms of contraception ( 7.3 ) 7.1 Effects of BANZEL on other AEDs Population pharmacokinetic analysis of average concentration at steady state of carbamazepine, lamotrigine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, topiramate, and valproate showed that typical rufinamide C avss levels had little effect on the pharmacokinetics of other AEDs.

Any effects, when they occur, have been more marked in the pediatric population.

Table 6 summarizes the drug-drug interactions of BANZEL with other AEDs.

Table 6: Summary of drug-drug interactions of BANZEL with other antiepileptic drugs AED Co-administered Influence of Rufinamide on AED concentration a) Influence of AED on Rufinamide concentration Carbamazepine Decrease by 7 to 13% b) Decrease by 19 to 26% Dependent on dose of carbamazepine Lamotrigine Decrease by 7 to 13% b) No Effect Phenobarbital Increase by 8 to 13% b) Decrease by 25 to 46% c) ’ d) Independent of dose or concentration of phenobarbital Phenytoin Increase by 7 to 21% b) Decrease by 25 to 46% c) ’ d) Independent of dose or concentration of phenytoin Topiramate No Effect No Effect Valproate No Effect Increase by <16 to 70% c) Dependent on concentration of valproate Primidone Not Investigated Decrease by 25 to 46% c) ’ d) Independent of dose or concentration of primidone Benzodiazepines e) Not Investigated No Effect a) Predictions are based on BANZEL concentrations at the maximum recommended dose of BANZEL.

b) Maximum changes predicted to be in pediatric patients and in adult patients who achieve significantly higher levels of BANZEL, as the effect of rufinamide on these AEDs is concentration-dependent.

c) Larger effects in pediatric patients at high doses/concentrations of AEDs.

d) Phenobarbital, primidone and phenytoin were treated as a single covariate (phenobarbital-type inducers) to examine the effect of these agents on BANZEL clearance.

e) All compounds of the benzodiazepine class were pooled to examine for ‘class effect’ on BANZEL clearance.

Phenytoin: The decrease in clearance of phenytoin estimated at typical levels of rufinamide (C avss 15 μg/mL) is predicted to increase plasma levels of phenytoin by 7 to 21%.

As phenytoin is known to have non-linear pharmacokinetics (clearance becomes saturated at higher doses), it is possible that exposure will be greater than the model prediction.

7.2 Effects of Other AEDs on BANZEL Potent cytochrome P450 enzyme inducers, such as carbamazepine, phenytoin, primidone, and phenobarbital, appear to increase the clearance of BANZEL (see Table 6).

Given that the majority of clearance of BANZEL is via a non-CYP-dependent route, the observed decreases in blood levels seen with carbamazepine, phenytoin, phenobarbital, and primidone are unlikely to be entirely attributable to induction of a P450 enzyme.

Other factors explaining this interaction are not understood.

Any effects, where they occurred, were likely to be more marked in the pediatric population.

Valproate Patients stabilized on BANZEL before being prescribed valproate should begin valproate therapy at a low dose, and titrate to a clinically effective dose.

Similarly, patients on valproate should begin at a BANZEL dose lower than 10 mg/kg per day (pediatric patients) or 400 mg per day (adults) [ see Dosage and Administration ( 2.5 ) , Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ] .

7.3 Effects of BANZEL on Hormonal Contraceptives Female patients of childbearing age should be warned that the concurrent use of BANZEL with hormonal contraceptives may render this method of contraception less effective.

Additional non-hormonal forms of contraception are recommended when using BANZEL [ see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.3 ), Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) and Patient Counseling Information ( 17 ) ] .

OVERDOSAGE

10 O VERDOSAGE Because strategies for the management of overdose are continually evolving, it is advisable to contact a Certified Poison Control Center to determine the latest recommendations for the management of an overdose of any drug.

One overdose of 7200 mg per day BANZEL was reported in an adult during the clinical trials.

The overdose was associated with no major signs or symptoms, no medical intervention was required, and the patient continued in the study at the target dose.

Treatment or Management of Overdose: There is no specific antidote for overdose with BANZEL.

If clinically indicated, elimination of unabsorbed drug should be attempted by induction of emesis or gastric lavage.

Usual precautions should be observed to maintain the airway.

General supportive care of the patient is indicated including monitoring of vital signs and observation of the clinical status of the patient.

Hemodialysis: Standard hemodialysis procedures may result in limited clearance of rufinamide.

Although there is no experience to date in treating overdose with hemodialysis, the procedure may be considered when indicated by the patient’s clinical state.

DESCRIPTION

11 BANZEL (rufinamide) is a triazole derivative structurally unrelated to currently marketed antiepileptic drugs (AEDs).

Rufinamide has the chemical name 1-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)methyl]-1 H -1,2,3-triazole-4 carboxamide.

It has an empirical formula of C 10 H 8 F 2 N 4 O and a molecular weight of 238.2.

The drug substance is a white, crystalline, odorless, and slightly bitter tasting neutral powder.

Rufinamide is practically insoluble in water, slightly soluble in tetrahydrofuran and in methanol, and very slightly soluble in ethanol and in acetonitrile.

BANZEL is available for oral administration in film-coated tablets, scored on both sides, containing 200 and 400 mg of rufinamide.

Inactive ingredients are colloidal silicon dioxide, corn starch crosscarmellose sodium, hypromellose, lactose monohydrate, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, and sodium lauryl sulphate.

The film coating contains hypromellose, iron oxide red, polyethylene glycol, talc, and titanium dioxide.

BANZEL is also available for oral administration as a liquid containing rufinamide at a concentration of 40 mg/mL.

Inactive ingredients include microcrystalline cellulose and carboxymethylcellulose sodium, hydroxyethylcellulose, anhydrous citric acid, simethicone emulsion 30%, poloxamer 188, methylparaben, propylparaben, propylene glycol, potassium sorbate, noncrystallizing sorbitol solution 70%, and an orange flavor.

BANZEL (rufinamide)

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 Adult and Pediatric Patients ages 4 years and older The effectiveness of BANZEL as adjunctive treatment for the seizures associated with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome (LGS) in adult and pediatric patients ages 4 years and older was established in a single multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, parallel-group study (N=138).

Male and female patients (between 4 and 30 years of age) were included if they had a diagnosis of inadequately controlled seizures associated with LGS (including both atypical absence seizures and drop attacks) and were being treated with 1 to 3 concomitant stable dose AEDs.

Each patient must have had at least 90 seizures in the month prior to study entry.

After completing a 4-week Baseline Phase on stable therapy, patients were randomized to have BANZEL or placebo added to their ongoing therapy during the 12 -week Double-blind Phase.

The Double-blind Phase consisted of 2 periods: the Titration Period (1 to 2 weeks) and the Maintenance Period (10 weeks).

During the Titration Period, the dose was increased to a target dosage of approximately 45 mg/kg per day (3200 mg in adults of > 70 kg), given on a twice daily schedule.

Dosage reductions were permitted during titration if problems in tolerability were encountered.

Final doses at titration were to remain stable during the maintenance period.

Target dosage was achieved in 88% of the BANZEL-treated patients.

The majority of these patients reached the target dose within 7 days, with the remaining patients achieving the target dose within 14 days.

The primary efficacy variables were: The percent change in total seizure frequency per 28 days; The percent change in tonic-atonic (drop attacks) seizure frequency per 28 days; Seizure severity from the Parent/Guardian Global Evaluation of the patient’s condition.

This was a 7-point assessment performed at the end of the Double-blind Phase.

A score of +3 indicated that the patient’s seizure severity was very much improved, a score of 0 that the seizure severity was unchanged, and a score of -3 that the seizure severity was very much worse.

The results of the three primary endpoints are shown in Table 7 below.

Table 7: Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome Trial Seizure Frequency Primary Efficacy Variable Results Variable Placebo Rufinamide Median percent change in total seizure frequency per 28 days -11.7 -32.7 (p=0.0015) Median percent change in tonic-atonic seizure frequency per 28 days 1.4 -42.5 (p<0.0001) Improvement in Seizure Severity Rating from Global Evaluation 30.6 53.4 (p=0.0041) Pediatric Patients ages 1 to less than 4 years The effectiveness of BANZEL as adjunctive treatment for the seizures associated with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome in pediatric patients ages 1 year to less than 4 years was established based on a single multi-center, open-label, active-controlled, randomized, pharmacokinetic bridging study.

The pharmacokinetic profile of BANZEL is not significantly affected by age either as a continuous covariate (1 to 35 years) or as a categorical covariate (age categories: 1 to less than 4 years and 4 years of age and older), after body weight is taken into consideration.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 H OW S UPPLIED /S TORAGE AND H ANDLING Tablet Imprint 16.1 How Supplied BANZEL 200 mg tablets (containing 200 mg rufinamide) are pink in color, film-coated, oblong-shape tablets, with a score on both sides, imprinted with “ 262” on one side.

They are available in bottles of 120 (NDC 62856-582-52).

BANZEL 400 mg tablets (containing 400 mg rufinamide) are pink in color, film-coated, oblong-shape tablets, with a score on both sides, imprinted with “ 263” on one side.

They are available in bottles of 120 (NDC 62856-583-52).

BANZEL oral suspension is an orange flavored liquid supplied in a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) bottle with child-resistant closure.

The oral suspension is packaged with a dispenser set which contains a calibrated oral dosing syringe and an adapter.

Store the oral suspension in an upright position.

Use within 90 days of first opening the bottle, then discard any remainder.

The oral suspension is available in bottles of 460 mL (NDC 62856-584-46).

16.2 Storage and Handling Store the tablets at 25ºC (77ºF); excursions permitted to 15º- 30ºC (59ºF – 86ºF).

Protect from moisture.

Replace cap securely after opening.

Store the oral suspension at 25ºC (77ºF); excursions permitted to 15º- 30ºC (59ºF – 86ºF).

Replace cap securely after opening.

The cap fits properly in place when the adapter is in place.

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Clinical studies of BANZEL did not include sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger subjects.

In general, dose selection for an elderly patient should be cautious, usually starting at the low end of the dosing range, reflecting the greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function, and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy.

Pharmacokinetics of rufinamide in the elderly are similar to that in the young subjects [ s ee Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ] .

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Film-coated Tablets: 200 mg (pink) and 400 mg (pink).

Tablets are scored on both sides.

Oral Suspension: 40 mg/mL.

White to off-white opaque liquid.

Film-coated tablets: 200 mg (pink), 400 mg (pink) ( 3 ) Oral suspension: 40 mg/mL ( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action The precise mechanism(s) by which rufinamide exerts its antiepileptic effect is unknown.

The results of in vitro studies suggest that the principal mechanism of action of rufinamide is modulation of the activity of sodium channels and, in particular, prolongation of the inactive state of the channel.

Rufinamide (≥ 1 μM) significantly slowed sodium channel recovery from inactivation after a prolonged prepulse in cultured cortical neurons, and limited sustained repetitive firing of sodium-dependent action potentials (EC 50 of 3.8 μM).

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 I NDICATIONS AND USAGE BANZEL is indicated for adjunctive treatment of seizures associated with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome in pediatric patients 1 year of age and older and in adults.

BANZEL is indicated for adjunctive treatment of seizures associated with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome (LGS) in pediatric patients 1 year of age and older, and in adults ( 1 )

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness have been established in pediatric patients 1 to 17 years of age.

The effectiveness of BANZEL in pediatric patients 4 years of age and older was based upon an adequate and well-controlled trial of BANZEL that included both adults and pediatric patients, 4 years of age and older, with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome.

The effectiveness in patients 1 to less than 4 years was based upon a bridging pharmacokinetic and safety study [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.1 ), Adverse Reactions ( 6.1 ), and Clinical Studies ( 14 )].

The pharmacokinetics of rufinamide in the pediatric patients, ages 1 to less than 4 years of age is similar to children older than 4 years of age and adults [ see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ] .

Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients below the age of 1 year has not been established.

Oral administration of rufinamide (0, 15, 50, or 150 mg/kg) to young rats for 10 weeks starting on postnatal day 7 resulted in decreased brain weights at the mid and high doses and neurobehavioral impairment (learning and memory deficit, altered startle response, decreased locomotor activity) and decreased growth (decreased body weight) at the highest dose tested.

The no-effect dose for adverse effects on postnatal development in rats (15 mg/kg) was associated with a plasma exposure (AUC) lower than that in humans at the maximum recommended human dose (MRHD) of 3200 mg/day.

PREGNANCY

8.1 P regnancy Pregnancy Exposure Registry There is a pregnancy exposure registry that monitors pregnancy outcomes in women exposed to AEDs, such as BANZEL, during pregnancy.

Encourage women who are taking BANZEL during pregnancy to enroll in the North American Antiepileptic Drug (NAAED) Pregnancy Registry by calling 1-888-233-2334 or visiting http://www.aedpregnancyregistry.org Risk Summary There are no adequate data on the developmental risks associated with use of BANZEL in pregnant women.

In animal reproduction studies, oral administration of rufinamide resulted in developmental toxicity in pregnant rats and rabbits at clinically relevant doses [see Data ] .

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in clinically recognized pregnancies is 2-4% and 15-20%, respectively.

The background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage for the indicated population is unknown.

Data Animal data Oral administration of rufinamide (0, 20, 100, or 300 mg/kg/day) to pregnant rats throughout organogenesis resulted in decreased fetal weight and increased incidence of fetal skeletal abnormalities at 100 and 300 mg/kg/day, which were associated with maternal toxicity.

The maternal plasma exposure (AUC) at the no-adverse effect dose (20 mg/kg/day) for developmental toxicity was less than that in humans at the maximum recommended human dose (MRHD) of 3200 mg/day.

Oral administration of rufinamide (0, 30, 200, or 1000 mg/kg/day) to pregnant rabbits throughout organogenesis resulted in embryofetal death, decreased fetal body weight, and increased incidence of fetal visceral and skeletal abnormalities at doses of 200 and 1000 mg/kg/day.

The high dose (1000 mg/kg/day) was associated with abortion.

Plasma exposure (AUC) at the no-adverse effect dose (30 mg/kg/day) was less than that in humans at the MRHD.

When rufinamide was orally administered (0, 5, 30, or 150 mg/kg/day) to pregnant rats throughout pregnancy and lactation, decreased offspring growth and survival were observed at all doses tested.

A no-effect dose for adverse effects on pre- and postnatal development was not established.

At the lowest dose tested (5 mg/kg/day), plasma exposure (AUC) was less than that in humans at the MRHD.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Monitor patients for new or worsening depression, suicidal thoughts/behavior, and unusual changes in mood or behavior ( 5.1 ) Central nervous system reactions can occur ( 5.2 ) Use caution when administering BANZEL with other drugs that shorten the QT interval ( 5.3 ) Discontinue BANZEL if multi-organ hypersensitivity reaction occurs ( 5.4 ) Withdraw BANZEL gradually to minimize the risk of precipitating seizures, seizure exacerbation, or status epilepticus ( 5.5 ) 5.1 Suicidal Behavior and Ideation Antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), including BANZEL, increase the risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior in patients taking these drugs for any indication.

Patients treated with any AED for any indication should be monitored for the emergence or worsening of depression, suicidal thoughts or behavior, and/or any unusual changes in mood or behavior.

Pooled analyses of 199 placebo-controlled clinical trials (mono- and adjunctive therapy) of 11 different AEDs showed that patients randomized to one of the AEDs had approximately twice the risk (adjusted Relative Risk 1.8, 95% CI:1.2, 2.7) of suicidal thinking or behavior compared to patients randomized to placebo.

In these trials, which had a median treatment duration of 12 weeks, the estimated incidence rate of suicidal behavior or ideation among 27,863 AED-treated patients was 0.43%, compared to 0.24% among 16,029 placebo-treated patients, representing an increase of approximately one case of suicidal thinking or behavior for every 530 patients treated.

There were four suicides in drug-treated patients in the trials and none in placebo-treated patients, but the number is too small to allow any conclusion about drug effect on suicide.

The increased risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior with AEDs was observed as early as 1 week after starting drug treatment with AEDs and persisted for the duration of treatment assessed.

Because most trials included in the analysis did not extend beyond 24 weeks, the risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior beyond 24 weeks could not be assessed.

The risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior was generally consistent among drugs in the data analyzed.

The finding of increased risk with AEDs of varying mechanisms of action and across a range of indications suggests that the risk applies to all AEDs used for any indication.

The risk did not vary substantially by age (5-100 years) in the clinical trials analyzed.

Table 1 shows absolute and relative risk by indication for all evaluated AEDs.

Table 1: Absolute and Relative Risk of Suicidal Behavior and Ideation Indication Placebo Patients with Events Per 1000 Patients Drug Patients with Events Per 1000 Patients Relative Risk: Incidence of Events in Drug Patients/Incidence in Placebo Patients Risk Difference: Additional Drug Patients with Events Per 1000 Patients Epilepsy 1.0 3.4 3.5 2.4 Psychiatric 5.7 8.5 1.5 2.9 Other 1.0 1.8 1.9 0.9 Total 2.4 4.3 1.8 1.9 The relative risk for suicidal thoughts or behavior was higher in clinical trials for epilepsy than in clinical trials for psychiatric or other conditions, but the absolute risk differences were similar for the epilepsy and psychiatric indications.

Anyone considering prescribing BANZEL or any other AED must balance the risk of suicidal thoughts or behavior with the risk of untreated illness.

Epilepsy and many other illnesses for which AEDs are prescribed are themselves associated with morbidity and mortality and an increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior.

Should suicidal thoughts and behavior emerge during treatment, consider whether the emergence of these symptoms in any given patient may be related to the illness being treated.

5.2 C entral Nervous System Reactions Use of BANZEL has been associated with central nervous system-related adverse reactions in the controlled clinical trial of patients 4 years or older with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome.

The most significant of these can be classified into two general categories: 1) somnolence or fatigue, and 2) coordination abnormalities, dizziness, gait disturbances, and ataxia.

Somnolence was reported in 24% of BANZEL-treated patients compared to 13% of patients on placebo, and led to study discontinuation in 3% of BANZEL-treated patients compared to 0% of patients on placebo.

Fatigue was reported in 10% of BANZEL-treated patients compared to 8% of patients on placebo.

It led to study discontinuation in 1% of BANZEL-treated patients and 0% of patients on placebo.

Dizziness was reported in 2.7% of BANZEL-treated patients compared to 0% of patients on placebo, and did not lead to study discontinuation.

Ataxia and gait disturbance were reported in 5.4% and 1.4% of BANZEL-treated patients, respectively, compared to no patient on placebo.

None of these reactions led to study discontinuation.

Accordingly, patients should be advised not to drive or operate machinery until they have gained sufficient experience on BANZEL to gauge whether it adversely affects their ability to drive or operate machinery.

5.3 QT Shortening Formal cardiac ECG studies demonstrated shortening of the QT interval (mean = 20 msec, for doses > 2400 mg twice daily) with BANZEL.

In a placebo-controlled study of the QT interval, a higher percentage of BANZEL-treated subjects (46% at 2400 mg, 46% at 3200 mg, and 65% at 4800 mg) had a QT shortening of greater than 20 msec at T max compared to placebo (5-10%).

Reductions of the QT interval below 300 msec were not observed in the formal QT studies with doses up to 7200 mg per day.

Moreover, there was no signal for drug-induced sudden death or ventricular arrhythmias.

The degree of QT shortening induced by BANZEL is without any known clinical risk.

Familial Short QT syndrome is associated with an increased risk of sudden death and ventricular arrhythmias, particularly ventricular fibrillation.

Such events in this syndrome are believed to occur primarily when the corrected QT interval falls below 300 msec.

Non-clinical data also indicate that QT shortening is associated with ventricular fibrillation.

Patients with Familial Short QT syndrome should not be treated with BANZEL.

Caution should be used when administering BANZEL with other drugs that shorten the QT interval [ see Contraindications ( 4 ) ] .

5.4 Multi-organ Hypersensitivity /Drug Reaction with Eosinophilia and Systemic Symptoms (DRESS) Drug Reaction with Eosinophilia and Systemic Symptoms (DRESS), also known as multi-organ hypersensitivity, has been reported in patients taking antiepileptic drugs, including BANZEL.

DRESS may be fatal or life-threatening.

DRESS typically, although not exclusively, presents with fever, rash, and/or lymphadenopathy, and/or facial swelling, in association with other organ system involvement, such as hepatitis, nephritis, hematological abnormalities, myocarditis, or myositis, sometimes resembling an acute viral infection.

Eosinophilia is often present.

It is important to note that early manifestations of hypersensitivity, such as fever or lymphadenopathy, may be present even though rash is not evident.

Because this disorder is variable in its expression, other organ systems not noted here may be involved.

All cases of DRESS identified in clinical trials with BANZEL occurred in pediatric patients less than 12 years of age, occurred within 4 weeks of treatment initiation, and resolved or improved with BANZEL discontinuation.

DRESS has also been reported in adult and pediatric patients taking BANZEL in the postmarketing setting.

If DRESS is suspected, the patient should be evaluated immediately, BANZEL should be discontinued, and alternative treatment should be started.

5.5 Withdrawal of AEDs As with all antiepileptic drugs, BANZEL should be withdrawn gradually to minimize the risk of precipitating seizures, seizure exacerbation, or status epilepticus.

If abrupt discontinuation of the drug is medically necessary, the transition to another AED should be made under close medical supervision.

In clinical trials, BANZEL discontinuation was achieved by reducing the dose by approximately 25% every 2 days.

5.6 Status Epilepticus Estimates of the incidence of treatment emergent status epilepticus among patients treated with BANZEL are difficult because standard definitions were not employed.

In a controlled Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome trial, 3 of 74 (4.1%) BANZEL-treated patients had episodes that could be described as status epilepticus in the BANZEL-treated patients compared with none of the 64 patients in the placebo-treated patients.

In all controlled trials that included patients with different epilepsies, 11 of 1240 (0.9%) BANZEL-treated patients had episodes that could be described as status epilepticus compared with none of 635 patients in the placebo-treated patients.

5.7 Leukopenia BANZEL has been shown to reduce white cell count.

Leukopenia (white cell count < 3X10 9 L) was more commonly observed in BANZEL-treated patients 43 of 1171 (3.7%) than placebo-treated patients, 7 of 579 (1.2%) in all controlled trials.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling ( Medication Guide and Instructions for Use ).

Administration Information Advise patients to take BANZEL with food [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 )] .

Advise patients who are prescribed the oral suspension to shake the bottle vigorously before every administration and to use the adaptor and oral dosing syringe [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.2 )] .

Suicidal Thinking and Behavior Inform patients, their caregivers, and families that antiepileptic drugs increase the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior and should be advised of the need to be alert for the emergence or worsening of the signs and symptoms of depression, any unusual changes in mood or behavior, or the emergence of suicidal thoughts, behavior, or thoughts about self-harm.

Behaviors of concern should be reported immediately to healthcare providers [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )] .

Central Nervous System Reactions Inform patients about the potential for somnolence or dizziness and advise them not to drive or operate machinery until they have gained sufficient experience on BANZEL to gauge whether it adversely affects their mental and/or motor performance [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )] .

Multi-Organ Hypersensitivity Reactions Advise patients to notify their physician if they experience a rash associated with fever [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.4 )] .

Drug Interactions Inform female patients of childbearing age that the concurrent use of BANZEL with hormonal contraceptives may render this method of contraception less effective.

Recommend patients use additional non-hormonal forms of contraception when using BANZEL [see Drug Interactions ( 7.3 ) and Use in Specific Populations ( 8.3 ) ] .

Inform patients that alcohol in combination with BANZEL may cause additive central nervous system effects.

Pregnancy Advise patients to notify their physician if they become pregnant or intend to become pregnant during therapy.

Encourage patients to enroll in the North American Antiepileptic Drug Pregnancy Registry if they become pregnant.

To enroll, patients can call the toll free number 1-888-233-2334 [ see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.1 ) ] .

Breast-feeding Advise patients to notify their physician if they are breast-feeding or intend to breast-feed [see Use in Specific Populations ( 8.2 )] .

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 BANZEL should be given with food.

Tablets can be administered whole, as half tablets, or crushed ( 2.2 ) Measure oral suspension using provided adapter and dosing syringe ( 2.2 ) Pediatric patients 1 year and older: Starting daily dose: 10 mg/kg per day in two equally divided doses ( 2.1 ) Increase by 10 mg/kg increments every other day to maximum dose of 45 mg/kg per day, not to exceed 3200 mg per day, in two divided doses ( 2.1 ) Adults: Starting daily dose: 400-800 mg per day in two equally divided doses ( 2.1 ) Increase by 400-800 mg every other day until a maximum dose of 3200 mg per day, in two divided doses, is reached ( 2.1 ) 2.1 Dosage Information Pediatric patients ( 1 year to less than 17 years) The recommended starting daily dose of BANZEL in pediatric patients with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome is approximately 10 mg/kg administered in two equally divided doses.

The dose should be increased by approximately 10 mg/kg increments every other day until a maximum daily dose of 45 mg/kg, not to exceed 3200 mg, administered in two equally divided doses, is reached.

It is not known whether doses lower than the target doses are effective.

Adults (17 years and older) The recommended starting daily dose of BANZEL in adults with Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome is 400 to 800 mg per day administered in two equally divided doses.

The dose should be increased by 400-800 mg every other day until a maximum daily dose of 3200 mg, administered in two equally divided doses, is reached.

It is not known whether doses lower than 3200 mg are effective.

2.2 Administration Information Administer BANZEL with food.

BANZEL film-coated tablets can be administered whole, as half tablets or crushed.

BANZEL oral suspension should be shaken well before every administration.

The provided adapter and calibrated oral dosing syringe should be used to administer the oral suspension.

The adapter which is supplied in the product carton should be inserted firmly into the neck of the bottle before use and remain in place for the duration of the usage of the bottle.

The dosing syringe should be inserted into the adapter and the dose withdrawn from the inverted bottle.

The cap should be replaced after each use.

The cap fits properly when the adapter is in place [see Patient Counseling Information ( 17 )] .

2.

3 Dosing in Patients Undergoing Hemodialysis Hemodialysis may reduce exposure to a limited (about 30%) extent.

Accordingly, adjusting the BANZEL dose during the dialysis process should be considered [s ee Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 ) ] .

2.

4 Dosing in Patients with Hepatic Disease Use of BANZEL in patients with hepatic impairment has not been studied.

Therefore, use in patients with severe hepatic impairment is not recommended.

Caution should be exercised in treating patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment [ see Use in Specific Population s ( 8.7 ) ] .

2.

5 Dosing in Patients Taking Valproate Patients taking valproate should begin BANZEL at a dose lower than 10 mg/kg per day in pediatric patients or 400 mg per day in adults [ see Drug Int eractions ( 7.2 ) ] .

Seroquel 300 MG (as quetiapine fumarate) Oral Tablet

Generic Name: QUETIAPINE
Brand Name: SEROQUEL
  • Substance Name(s):
  • QUETIAPINE FUMARATE

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 • Concomitant use of strong CYP3A4 inhibitors: Reduce quetiapine dose to one sixth when coadministered with strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketoconazole, ritonavir) ( 2.5 , 7.1 , 12.3 ) • Concomitant use of strong CYP3A4 inducers: Increase quetiapine dose up to 5 fold when used in combination with a chronic treatment (more than 7-14 days) of potent CYP3A4 inducers (e.g., phenytoin, rifampin, St.

John’s wort) ( 2.6 , 7.1 , 12.3 ) • Discontinuation of strong CYP3A4 inducers: Reduce quetiapine dose by 5-fold within 7-14 days of discontinuation of CYP3A4 inducers ( 2.6 , 7.1 , 12.3 ) 7.1 Effect of Other Drugs on Quetiapine The risks of using SEROQUEL in combination with other drugs have not been extensively evaluated in systematic studies.

Given the primary CNS effects of SEROQUEL, caution should be used when it is taken in combination with other centrally acting drugs.

SEROQUEL potentiated the cognitive and motor effects of alcohol in a clinical trial in subjects with selected psychotic disorders, and alcoholic beverages should be limited while taking quetiapine.

Quetiapine exposure is increased by the prototype CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketoconazole, itraconazole, indinavir, ritonavir, nefazodone, etc.) and decreased by the prototype CYP3A4 inducers (e.g., phenytoin, carbamazepine, rifampin, avasimibe, St.

John’s wort etc.).

Dose adjustment of quetiapine will be necessary if it is co-administered with potent CYP3A4 inducers or inhibitors.

CYP3A4 inhibitors: Coadministration of ketoconazole, a potent inhibitor of cytochrome CYP3A4, resulted in significant increase in quetiapine exposure.

The dose of SEROQUEL should be reduced to one sixth of the original dose if co-administered with a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor [see Dosage and Administration (2.5) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

CYP3A4 inducers: Coadministration of quetiapine and phenytoin, a CYP3A4 inducer increased the mean oral clearance of quetiapine by 5-fold.

Increased doses of SEROQUEL up to 5 fold may be required to maintain control of symptoms of schizophrenia in patients receiving quetiapine and phenytoin, or other known potent CYP3A4 inducers [see Dosage and Administration (2.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

When the CYP3A4 inducer is discontinued, the dose of SEROQUEL should be reduced to the original level within 7-14 days [see Dosage and Administration (2.6) ].

Anticholinergic Drugs: Concomitant treatment with quetiapine and other drugs with anticholinergic activity can increase the risk for severe gastrointestinal adverse reactions related to hypomotility.

SEROQUEL should be used with caution in patients receiving medications having anticholinergic (antimuscarinic) effects [see Warnings and Precautions (5.20) ] .

The potential effects of several concomitant medications on quetiapine pharmacokinetics were studied [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

7.2 Effect of Quetiapine on Other Drugs Because of its potential for inducing hypotension, SEROQUEL may enhance the effects of certain antihypertensive agents.

SEROQUEL may antagonize the effects of levodopa and dopamine agonists.

There are no clinically relevant pharmacokinetic interactions of Seroquel on other drugs based on the CYP pathway.

Seroquel and its metabolites are non-inhibitors of major metabolizing CYP’s (1A2, 2C9, 2C19, 2D6, and 3A4).

OVERDOSAGE

10 10.1 Human Experience In clinical trials, survival has been reported in acute overdoses of up to 30 grams of quetiapine.

Most patients who overdosed experienced no adverse reactions or recovered fully from the reported reactions.

Death has been reported in a clinical trial following an overdose of 13.6 grams of quetiapine alone.

In general, reported signs and symptoms were those resulting from an exaggeration of the drug’s known pharmacological effects, i.e., drowsiness, sedation, tachycardia, hypotension, and anticholinergic toxicity including coma and delirium.

Patients with pre-existing severe cardiovascular disease may be at an increased risk of the effects of overdose [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12) ].

One case, involving an estimated overdose of 9600 mg, was associated with hypokalemia and first-degree heart block.

In post-marketing experience, there were cases reported of QT prolongation with overdose.

10.2 Management of Overdosage Establish and maintain an airway and ensure adequate oxygenation and ventilation.

Cardiovascular monitoring should commence immediately and should include continuous electrocardiographic monitoring to detect possible arrhythmias.

Appropriate supportive measures are the mainstay of management.

For the most up-to-date information on the management of Seroquel overdosage, contact a certified Regional Poison Control Center (1-800-222-1222).

DESCRIPTION

11 SEROQUEL ® (quetiapine) is an atypical antipsychotic belonging to a chemical class, the dibenzothiazepine derivatives.

The chemical designation is 2-[2-(4-dibenzo [ b,f ] [1,4]thiazepin-11-yl-1-piperazinyl)ethoxy]-ethanol fumarate (2:1) (salt).

It is present in tablets as the fumarate salt.

All doses and tablet strengths are expressed as milligrams of base, not as fumarate salt.

Its molecular formula is C 42 H 50 N 6 O 4 S 2 •C 4 H 4 O 4 and it has a molecular weight of 883.11 (fumarate salt).

The structural formula is: Quetiapine fumarate is a white to off-white crystalline powder which is moderately soluble in water.

SEROQUEL is supplied for oral administration as 25 mg (round, peach), 50 mg (round, white), 100 mg (round, yellow), 200 mg (round, white), 300 mg (capsule-shaped, white), and 400 mg (capsule-shaped, yellow) tablets.

Inactive ingredients are povidone, dibasic dicalcium phosphate dihydrate, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, lactose monohydrate, magnesium stearate, hypromellose, polyethylene glycol, and titanium dioxide.

The 25 mg tablets contain red ferric oxide and yellow ferric oxide and the 100 mg and 400 mg tablets contain only yellow ferric oxide.

Each 25 mg tablet contains 28.78 mg of quetiapine fumarate equivalent to 25 mg quetiapine.

Each 50 mg tablet contains 57.56 mg of quetiapine fumarate equivalent to 50 mg quetiapine.

Each 100 mg tablet contains 115.13 mg of quetiapine fumarate equivalent to 100 mg quetiapine.

Each 200 mg tablet contains 230.26 mg of quetiapine fumarate equivalent to 200 mg quetiapine.

Each 300 mg tablet contains 345.39 mg of quetiapine fumarate equivalent to 300 mg quetiapine.

Each 400 mg tablet contains 460.51 mg of quetiapine fumarate equivalent to 400 mg quetiapine.

Chemical Structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Schizophrenia Short-term Trials-Adults The efficacy of SEROQUEL in the treatment of schizophrenia was established in 3 short-term (6-week) controlled trials of inpatients with schizophrenia who met DSM III-R criteria for schizophrenia.

Although a single fixed dose haloperidol arm was included as a comparative treatment in one of the three trials, this single haloperidol dose group was inadequate to provide a reliable and valid comparison of SEROQUEL and haloperidol.

Several instruments were used for assessing psychiatric signs and symptoms in these studies, among them the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS), a multi-item inventory of general psychopathology traditionally used to evaluate the effects of drug treatment in schizophrenia.

The BPRS psychosis cluster (conceptual disorganization, hallucinatory behavior, suspiciousness, and unusual thought content) is considered a particularly useful subset for assessing actively psychotic schizophrenic patients.

A second traditional assessment, the Clinical Global Impression (CGI), reflects the impression of a skilled observer, fully familiar with the manifestations of schizophrenia, about the overall clinical state of the patient.

The results of the trials follow: 1.

In a 6-week, placebo-controlled trial (n=361) (Study 1) involving 5 fixed doses of SEROQUEL (75 mg/day, 150 mg/day, 300 mg/day, 600 mg/day, and 750 mg/day given in divided doses three times per day), the 4 highest doses of SEROQUEL were generally superior to placebo on the BPRS total score, the BPRS psychosis cluster and the CGI severity score, with the maximal effect seen at 300 mg/day, and the effects of doses of 150 mg/day to 750 mg/day were generally indistinguishable.

2.

In a 6-week, placebo-controlled trial (n=286) (Study 2) involving titration of SEROQUEL in high (up to 750 mg/day given in divided doses three times per day) and low (up to 250 mg/day given in divided doses three times per day) doses, only the high dose SEROQUEL group (mean dose, 500 mg/day) was superior to placebo on the BPRS total score, the BPRS psychosis cluster, and the CGI severity score.

3.

In a 6-week dose and dose regimen comparison trial (n=618) (Study 3) involving two fixed doses of SEROQUEL (450 mg/day given in divided doses both twice daily and three times daily and 50 mg/day given in divided doses twice daily), only the 450 mg/day (225 mg given twice daily) dose group was superior to the 50 mg/day (25 mg given twice daily) SEROQUEL dose group on the BPRS total score, the BPRS psychosis cluster, and the CGI severity score.

The primary efficacy results of these three studies in the treatment of schizophrenia in adults is presented in Table 19.

Examination of population subsets (race, gender, and age) did not reveal any differential responsiveness on the basis of race or gender, with an apparently greater effect in patients under the age of 40 years compared to those older than 40.

The clinical significance of this finding is unknown.

Adolescents (ages 13-17) The efficacy of SEROQUEL in the treatment of schizophrenia in adolescents (13–17 years of age) was demonstrated in a 6-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial (Study 4).

Patients who met DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia were randomized into one of three treatment groups: SEROQUEL 400 mg/day (n=73), SEROQUEL 800 mg/day (n=74), or placebo (n=75).

Study medication was initiated at 50 mg/day and on day 2 increased to 100 mg/per day (divided and given two or three times per day).

Subsequently, the dose was titrated to the target dose of 400 mg/day or 800 mg/day using increments of 100 mg/day, divided and given two or three times daily.

The primary efficacy variable was the mean change from baseline in total Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS).

SEROQUEL at 400 mg/day and 800 mg/day was superior to placebo in the reduction of PANSS total score.

The primary efficacy results of this study in the treatment of schizophrenia in adolescents is presented in Table 19.

Table 19: Schizophrenia Short-Term Trials Study Number Treatment Group Primary Efficacy Endpoint: BPRS Total Mean Baseline Score (SD) LS Mean Change from Baseline (SE) Placebo-subtracted Difference Difference (drug minus placebo) in least-squares mean change from baseline.

(95% CI) Study 1 SEROQUEL (75 mg/day) 45.7 (10.9) -2.2 (2.0) -4.0 (-11.2, 3.3) SEROQUEL (150 mg/day) Doses that are statistically significant superior to placebo.

47.2 (10.1) -8.7 (2.1) -10.4 (-17.8, -3.0) SEROQUEL (300 mg/day) 45.3 (10.9) -8.6 (2.1) -10.3 (-17.6, -3.0) SEROQUEL (600 mg/day) 43.5 (11.3) -7.7 (2.1) -9.4 (-16.7, -2.1) SEROQUEL (750 mg/day) 45.7 (11.0) -6.3 (2.0) -8.0 (-15.2, -0.8) Placebo 45.3 (9.2) 1.7 (2.1) — Study 2 SEROQUEL (250 mg/day) 38.9 (9.8) -4.2 (1.6) -3.2 (-7.6, 1.2) SEROQUEL (750 mg/day) 41.0 (9.6) -8.7 (1.6) -7.8 (-12.2, -3.4) Placebo 38.4 (9.7) -1.0 (1.6) — Study 3 SEROQUEL (450 mg/day BID) 42.1 (10.7) -10.0 (1.3) -4.6 (-7.8, -1.4) SEROQUEL (450 mg/day TID) Doses that are statistically significant superior to SEROQUEL 50 mg BID.

42.7 (10.4) -8.6 (1.3) -3.2 (-6.4, 0.0) SEROQUEL (50 mg BID) 41.7 (10.0) -5.4 (1.3) — Primary Efficacy Endpoint: PANSS Total Mean Baseline Score (SD) LS Mean Change from Baseline (SE) Placebo-subtracted Difference (95% CI) Study 4 SEROQUEL (400 mg/day) 96.2 (17.7) -27.3 (2.6) -8.2 (-16.1, -0.3) SEROQUEL (800 mg/day) 96.9 (15.3) -28.4 (1.8) -9.3 (-16.2, -2.4) Placebo 96.2 (17.7) -19.2 (3.0) — SD: standard deviation; SE: standard error; LS Mean: least-squares mean; CI: unadjusted confidence interval.

14.2 Bipolar Disorder Bipolar I disorder, manic or mixed episodes Adults The efficacy of SEROQUEL in the acute treatment of manic episodes was established in 3 placebo-controlled trials in patients who met DSM-IV criteria for bipolar I disorder with manic episodes.

These trials included patients with or without psychotic features and excluded patients with rapid cycling and mixed episodes.

Of these trials, 2 were monotherapy (12 weeks) and 1 was adjunct therapy (3 weeks) to either lithium or divalproex.

Key outcomes in these trials were change from baseline in the Young Mania Rating Scale (YMRS) score at 3 and 12 weeks for monotherapy and at 3 weeks for adjunct therapy.

Adjunct therapy is defined as the simultaneous initiation or subsequent administration of SEROQUEL with lithium or divalproex.

The primary rating instrument used for assessing manic symptoms in these trials was YMRS, an 11-item clinician-rated scale traditionally used to assess the degree of manic symptomatology (irritability, disruptive/aggressive behavior, sleep, elevated mood, speech, increased activity, sexual interest, language/thought disorder, thought content, appearance, and insight) in a range from 0 (no manic features) to 60 (maximum score).

The results of the trials follow: Monotherapy The efficacy of SEROQUEL in the acute treatment of bipolar mania was established in 2 placebo-controlled trials.

In two 12-week trials (n=300, n=299) comparing SEROQUEL to placebo, SEROQUEL was superior to placebo in the reduction of the YMRS total score at weeks 3 and 12.

The majority of patients in these trials taking SEROQUEL were dosed in a range between 400 mg/day and 800 mg per day (studies 1 and 2 in Table 20).

Adjunct Therapy In this 3-week placebo-controlled trial, 170 patients with bipolar mania (YMRS ≥20) were randomized to receive SEROQUEL or placebo as adjunct treatment to lithium or divalproex.

Patients may or may not have received an adequate treatment course of lithium or divalproex prior to randomization.

SEROQUEL was superior to placebo when added to lithium or divalproex alone in the reduction of YMRS total score (Study 3 in Table 20).

The majority of patients in this trial taking SEROQUEL were dosed in a range between 400 mg/day and 800 mg per day.

In a similarly designed trial (n=200), SEROQUEL was associated with an improvement in YMRS scores but did not demonstrate superiority to placebo, possibly due to a higher placebo effect.

The primary efficacy results of these studies in the treatment of mania in adults is presented in Table 20.

Children and Adolescents (ages 10-17) The efficacy of SEROQUEL in the acute treatment of manic episodes associated with bipolar I disorder in children and adolescents (10-17 years of age) was demonstrated in a 3-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial (Study 4 in Table 20).

Patients who met DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for a manic episode were randomized into one of three treatment groups: SEROQUEL 400 mg/day (n=95), SEROQUEL 600 mg/day (n=98), or placebo (n=91).

Study medication was initiated at 50 mg/day and on day 2 increased to 100 mg/day (divided doses given two or three times daily).

Subsequently, the dose was titrated to a target dose of 400 mg/day or 600 mg/day using increments of 100 mg/day, given in divided doses two or three times daily.

The primary efficacy variable was the mean change from baseline in total YMRS score.

SEROQUEL 400 mg/day and 600 mg/day were superior to placebo in the reduction of YMRS total score (Table 20).

Table 20: Mania Trials Study Number Treatment Group Primary Efficacy Measure: YMRS Total Mean Baseline Score (SD) Adult data mean baseline score is based on patients included in the primary analysis; pediatric mean baseline score is based on all patients in the ITT population.

LS Mean Change from Baseline (SE) Placebo-subtracted Difference Difference (drug minus placebo) in least-squares mean change from baseline.

(95% CI) Study 1 SEROQUEL (200-800 mg/day) Doses that are statistically significantly superior to placebo.

Included in the trial as an active comparator.

34.0 (6.1) -12.3 (1.3) -4.0 (-7.0, -1.0) Haloperidol 32.3 (6.0) -15.7 (1.3) -7.4 (-10.4, -4.4) Placebo 33.1 (6.6) -8.3 (1.3) — Study 2 SEROQUEL (200-800 mg/day) 32.7 (6.5) -14.6 (1.5) -7.9 (-10.9, -5.0) Lithium 33.3 (7.1) -15.2 (1.6) -8.5 (-11.5, -5.5) Placebo 34.0 (6.9) -6.7 (1.6) — Study 3 SEROQUEL (200-800 mg/day) + mood stabilizer 31.5 (5.8) -13.8 (1.6) -3.8 (-7.1, -0.6) Placebo + mood stabilizer 31.1 (5.5) -10 (1.5) — Study 4 SEROQUEL (400 mg/day) 29.4 (5.9) -14.3 (0.96) -5.2 (-8.1, -2.3) SEROQUEL (600 mg/day) 29.6 (6.4) -15.6 (0.97) -6.6 (-9.5, -3.7) Placebo 30.7 (5.9) -9.0 (1.1) — Mood stabilizer: lithium or divalproex; SD: standard deviation; SE: standard error; LS Mean: least-squares mean; CI: unadjusted confidence interval.

Bipolar Disorder, Depressive Episodes Adults The efficacy of SEROQUEL for the acute treatment of depressive episodes associated with bipolar disorder was established in 2 identically designed 8-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies (N=1045) (studies 5 and 6 in Table 21).

These studies included patients with either bipolar I or II disorder and those with or without a rapid cycling course.

Patients randomized to SEROQUEL were administered fixed doses of either 300 mg or 600 mg once daily.

The primary rating instrument used to assess depressive symptoms in these studies was the Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS), a 10-item clinician-rated scale with scores ranging from 0 to 60.

The primary endpoint in both studies was the change from baseline in MADRS score at week 8.

In both studies, SEROQUEL was superior to placebo in reduction of MADRS score.

Improvement in symptoms, as measured by change in MADRS score relative to placebo, was seen in both studies at Day 8 (week 1) and onwards.

In these studies, no additional benefit was seen with the 600 mg dose.

For the 300 mg dose group, statistically significant improvements over placebo were seen in overall quality of life and satisfaction related to various areas of functioning, as measured using the Q-LES-Q(SF).

The primary efficacy results of these studies in the acute treatment of depressive episodes associated with bipolar disorder in adults is presented in Table 21.

Table 21: Depressive Episodes Associated with Bipolar Disorder Study Number Treatment Group Primary Efficacy Measure: MADRS Total Mean Baseline Score (SD) LS Mean Change from Baseline (SE) Placebo-subtracted Difference Difference (drug minus placebo) in least-squares mean change from baseline.

(95% CI) Study 5 SEROQUEL (300 mg/day) Doses that are statistically significantly superior to placebo.

30.3 (5.0) -16.4 (0.9) -6.1 (-8.3, -3.9) SEROQUEL (600 mg/day) 30.3 (5.3) -16.7 (0.9) -6.5 (-8.7, -4.3) Placebo 30.6 (5.3) -10.3 (0.9) — Study 6 SEROQUEL (300 mg/day) 31.1 (5.7) -16.9 (1.0) -5.0 (-7.3, -2.7) SEROQUEL (600 mg/day) 29.9 (5.6) -16.0 (1.0) -4.1 (-6.4, -1.8) Placebo 29.6 (5.4) -11.9 (1.0) — SD: standard deviation; SE: standard error; LS Mean: least-squares mean; CI: unadjusted confidence interval.

Maintenance Treatment as an Adjunct to Lithium or Divalproex The efficacy of SEROQUEL in the maintenance treatment of bipolar I disorder was established in 2 placebo-controlled trials in patients (n=1326) who met DSM-IV criteria for bipolar I disorder (studies 7 and 8 in Figures 1 and 2).

The trials included patients whose most recent episode was manic, depressed, or mixed, with or without psychotic features.

In the open-label phase, patients were required to be stable on SEROQUEL plus lithium or divalproex for at least 12 weeks in order to be randomized.

On average, patients were stabilized for 15 weeks.

In the randomization phase, patients continued treatment with lithium or divalproex and were randomized to receive either SEROQUEL (administered twice daily totaling 400 mg/day to 800 mg/day) or placebo.

Approximately 50% of the patients had discontinued from the SEROQUEL group by day 280 and 50% of the placebo group had discontinued by day 117 of double-blind treatment.

The primary endpoint in these studies was time to recurrence of a mood event (manic, mixed, or depressed episode).

A mood event was defined as medication initiation or hospitalization for a mood episode; YMRS score≥20 or MADRS score≥20 at 2 consecutive assessments; or study discontinuation due to a mood event (Figure 1 and Figure 2).

In both studies, SEROQUEL was superior to placebo in increasing the time to recurrence of any mood event.

The treatment effect was present for increasing time to recurrence of both manic and depressed episodes.

The effect of SEROQUEL was independent of any specific subgroup (assigned mood stabilizer, sex, age, race, most recent bipolar episode, or rapid cycling course).

Figure 1: Kaplan-Meier Curves of Time to Recurrence of a Mood Event (Study 7) Figure 2: Kaplan-Meier Curves of Time to Recurrence of a Mood Event (Study 8) Figure 1: Kaplan-Meier Curves of Time to Recurrence of a Mood Event (Study 7) Figure 2 – Kaplan-Meier curves of Time to Recurrence of a Mood Event (Study 8)

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING 25 mg Tablets (NDC 0310-0275-10) peach, round, biconvex, film coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘25’ on one side and plain on the other side, are supplied in bottles of 100 tablets.

50 mg Tablets (NDC 0310-0278-10) white, round, biconvex, film coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘50’ on one side and plain on the other side, are supplied in bottles of 100 tablets.

100 mg Tablets (NDC 0310-0271-10) yellow, round, biconvex film coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘100’ on one side and plain on the other side, are supplied in bottles of 100 tablets.

200 mg Tablets (NDC 0310-0272-10) white, round, biconvex, film coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘200’ on one side and plain on the other side, are supplied in bottles of 100 tablets.

300 mg Tablets (NDC 0310-0274-60) white, capsule-shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, intagliated with ‘SEROQUEL’ on one side and ‘300’ on the other side, are supplied in bottles of 60 tablets.

400 mg Tablets (NDC 0310-0279-10) yellow, capsule-shaped, biconvex, film coated tablets, intagliated with ‘SEROQUEL’ on one side and ‘400’ on the other side, are supplied in bottles of 100 tablets.

Store at 25ºC (77ºF); excursions permitted to 15-30ºC (59-86ºF) [See USP].

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Of the approximately 3700 patients in clinical studies with SEROQUEL, 7% (232) were 65 years of age or over.

In general, there was no indication of any different tolerability of SEROQUEL in the elderly compared to younger adults.

Nevertheless, the presence of factors that might decrease pharmacokinetic clearance, increase the pharmacodynamic response to SEROQUEL, or cause poorer tolerance or orthostasis, should lead to consideration of a lower starting dose, slower titration, and careful monitoring during the initial dosing period in the elderly.

The mean plasma clearance of SEROQUEL was reduced by 30% to 50% in elderly patients when compared to younger patients [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) and Dosage and Administration (2.3) ] .

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 • 25 mg tablets are peach, round, biconvex, film-coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘25’ on one side and plain on the other side • 50 mg tablets are white, round, biconvex, film-coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘50’ on one side and plain on the other side • 100 mg tablets are yellow, round, biconvex, film-coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘100’ on one side and plain on the other side • 200 mg tablets are white, round, biconvex, film-coated tablets, identified with ‘SEROQUEL’ and ‘200’ on one side and plain on the other side • 300 mg tablets are white, capsule-shaped, biconvex, film-coated tablets, intagliated with ‘SEROQUEL’ on one side and ‘300’ on the other side • 400 mg tablets are yellow, capsule-shaped, biconvex, film-coated tablets, intagliated with ‘SEROQUEL’ on one side and ‘400’ on the other side Tablets: 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, and 400 mg (3)

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action The mechanism of action of quetiapine in the listed indications is unclear.

However, the efficacy of quetiapine in these indications could be mediated through a combination of dopamine type 2 (D 2 ) and serotonin type 2 (5HT 2 ) antagonism.

The active metabolite, N-desalkyl quetiapine (norquetiapine), has similar activity at D2, but greater activity at 5HT 2A receptors, than the parent drug (quetiapine).

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 SEROQUEL is an atypical antipsychotic indicated for the treatment of: • Schizophrenia ( 1.1 ) • Bipolar I disorder manic episodes (1.2) • Bipolar disorder, depressive episodes (1.2) 1.1 Schizophrenia SEROQUEL is indicated for the treatment of schizophrenia.

The efficacy of SEROQUEL in schizophrenia was established in three 6-week trials in adults and one 6-week trial in adolescents (13-17 years).

The effectiveness of SEROQUEL for the maintenance treatment of schizophrenia has not been systematically evaluated in controlled clinical trials [see Clinical Studies (14.1) ].

1.2 Bipolar Disorder SEROQUEL is indicated for the acute treatment of manic episodes associated with bipolar I disorder, both as monotherapy and as an adjunct to lithium or divalproex.

Efficacy was established in two 12-week monotherapy trials in adults, in one 3-week adjunctive trial in adults, and in one 3-week monotherapy trial in pediatric patients (10-17 years) [see Clinical Studies (14.2) ].

SEROQUEL is indicated as monotherapy for the acute treatment of depressive episodes associated with bipolar disorder.

Efficacy was established in two 8-week monotherapy trials in adult patients with bipolar I and bipolar II disorder [see Clinical Studies (14.2) ].

SEROQUEL is indicated for the maintenance treatment of bipolar I disorder, as an adjunct to lithium or divalproex.

Efficacy was established in two maintenance trials in adults.

The effectiveness of SEROQUEL as monotherapy for the maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder has not been systematically evaluated in controlled clinical trials [see Clinical Studies (14.2) ].

1.3 Special Considerations in Treating Pediatric Schizophrenia and Bipolar I Disorder Pediatric schizophrenia and bipolar I disorder are serious mental disorders, however, diagnosis can be challenging.

For pediatric schizophrenia, symptom profiles can be variable, and for bipolar I disorder, patients may have variable patterns of periodicity of manic or mixed symptoms.

It is recommended that medication therapy for pediatric schizophrenia and bipolar I disorder be initiated only after a thorough diagnostic evaluation has been performed and careful consideration given to the risks associated with medication treatment.

Medication treatment for both pediatric schizophrenia and bipolar I disorder is indicated as part of a total treatment program that often includes psychological, educational and social interventions.

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use In general, the adverse reactions observed in children and adolescents during the clinical trials were similar to those in the adult population with few exceptions.

Increases in systolic and diastolic blood pressure occurred in children and adolescents and did not occur in adults.

Orthostatic hypotension occurred more frequently in adults (4-7%) compared to children and adolescents (< 1%) [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7) and Adverse Reactions (6.1) ].

Schizophrenia The efficacy and safety of SEROQUEL in the treatment of schizophrenia in adolescents aged 13-17 years were demonstrated in one 6-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial [see Indications and Usage (1.1) , Dosage and Administration (2.2 ), Adverse Reactions (6.1) , and Clinical Studies (14.1) ].

Safety and effectiveness of SEROQUEL in pediatric patients less than 13 years of age with schizophrenia have not been established.

Maintenance The safety and effectiveness of SEROQUEL in the maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder has not been established in pediatric patients less than 18 years of age.

The safety and effectiveness of SEROQUEL in the maintenance treatment of schizophrenia has not been established in any patient population, including pediatric patients.

Bipolar Mania The efficacy and safety of SEROQUEL in the treatment of mania in children and adolescents ages 10-17 years with bipolar I disorder was demonstrated in a 3-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial [see Indications and Usage (1.2) , Dosage and Administration (2.3 ), Adverse Reactions (6.1) , and Clinical Studies (14.2) ] .

Safety and effectiveness of SEROQUEL in pediatric patients less than 10 years of age with bipolar mania have not been established.

Bipolar Depression Safety and effectiveness of SEROQUEL in pediatric patients less than 18 years of age with bipolar depression have not been established.

A clinical trial with SEROQUEL XR was conducted in children and adolescents (10-17 years of age) with bipolar depression, efficacy was not established.

Some differences in the pharmacokinetics of quetiapine were noted between children/adolescents (10-17 years of age) and adults.

When adjusted for weight, the AUC and C max of quetiapine were 41% and 39% lower, respectively, in children and adolescents compared to adults.

The pharmacokinetics of the active metabolite, norquetiapine, were similar between children/adolescents and adults after adjusting for weight [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Exposure Registry There is a pregnancy exposure registry that monitors pregnancy outcomes in women exposed to atypical antipsychotics, including SEROQUEL, during pregnancy.

Healthcare providers are encouraged to register patients by contacting the National Pregnancy Registry for Atypical Antipsychotics at 1-866-961-2388 or online at http://womensmentalhealth.org/clinical-and-research-programs/pregnancyregistry/ Risk Summary Neonates exposed to antipsychotic drugs (including SEROQUEL) during the third trimester are at risk for extrapyramidal and/or withdrawal symptoms following delivery (see Clinical Considerations).

Overall available data from published epidemiologic studies of pregnant women exposed to quetiapine have not established a drug-associated risk of major birth defects, miscarriage, or adverse maternal or fetal outcomes (see Data).

There are risks to the mother associated with untreated schizophrenia, bipolar I, or major depressive disorder, and with exposure to antipsychotics, including SEROQUEL, during pregnancy (see Clinical Considerations).

In animal studies, embryo-fetal toxicity occurred including delays in skeletal ossification at approximately 1 and 2 times the maximum recommended human dose (MRHD) of 800 mg/day in both rats and rabbits, and an increased incidence of carpal/tarsal flexure (minor soft tissue anomaly) in rabbit fetuses at approximately 2 times the MRHD.

In addition, fetal weights were decreased in both species.

Maternal toxicity (observed as decreased body weights and/or death) occurred at 2 times the MRHD in rats and approximately 1-2 times the MRHD in rabbits.

The estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage for the indicated populations is unknown.

All pregnancies have a background risk of birth defect, loss, or other adverse outcomes.

In the U.S.

general population, the estimated background risk of major birth defects and miscarriage in clinically recognized pregnancies is 2 to 4% and 15 to 20%, respectively.

Clinical Considerations Disease-associated maternal and/or fetal risk There is a risk to the mother from untreated schizophrenia, or bipolar I disorder, including increased risk of relapse, hospitalization, and suicide.

Schizophrenia and bipolar I disorder are associated with increased adverse perinatal outcomes, including preterm birth.

It is not known if this is a direct result of the illness or other comorbid factors.

A prospective, longitudinal study followed 201 pregnant women with a history of major depressive disorder who were euthymic and taking antidepressants at the beginning of pregnancy.

The women who discontinued antidepressants during pregnancy were more likely to experience a relapse of major depression than women who continued antidepressants.

Consider the risk of untreated depression when discontinuing or changing treatment with antidepressant medication during pregnancy and postpartum.

Fetal/neonatal adverse reactions Extrapyramidal and/or withdrawal symptoms, including agitation, hypertonia, hypotonia, tremor, somnolence, respiratory distress, and feeding disorder have been reported in neonates who were exposed to antipsychotic drugs, including SEROQUEL, during the third trimester of pregnancy.

These symptoms varied in severity.

Monitor neonates for extrapyramidal and/or withdrawal symptoms and manage symptoms appropriately.

Some neonates recovered within hours or days without specific treatment; others required prolonged hospitalization.

Data Human Data Published data from observational studies, birth registries, and case reports on the use of atypical antipsychotics during pregnancy do not report a clear association with antipsychotics and major birth defects.

A retrospective cohort study from a Medicaid database of 9258 women exposed to antipsychotics during pregnancy did not indicate an overall increased risk of major birth defects.

Animal Data When pregnant rats and rabbits were exposed to quetiapine during organogenesis, there was no teratogenic effect in fetuses.

Doses were 25, 50 and 200 mg/kg in rats and 25, 50 and 100 mg/kg in rabbits which are approximately 0.3, 0.6 and 2-times (rats) and 0.6, 1 and 2-times (rabbits) the MRHD for schizophrenia of 800 mg/day based on mg/m 2 body surface area.

However, there was evidence of embryo-fetal toxicity including delays in skeletal ossification at approximately 1 and 2 times the MRHD of 800 mg/day in both rats and rabbits, and an increased incidence of carpal/tarsal flexure (minor soft tissue anomaly) in rabbit fetuses at approximately 2 times the MRHD.

In addition, fetal weights were decreased in both species.

Maternal toxicity (observed as decreased body weights and/or death) occurred at 2 times the MRHD in rats and approximately 1-2 times the MRHD (all doses tested) in rabbits.

In a peri/postnatal reproductive study in rats, no drug-related effects were observed when pregnant dams were treated with quetiapine at doses 0.01, 0.1, and 0.2 times the MRHD of 800 mg/day based on mg/m 2 body surface area.

However, in a preliminary peri/postnatal study, there were increases in fetal and pup death, and decreases in mean litter weight at 3 times the MRHD.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: INCREASED MORTALITY IN ELDERLY PATIENTS WITH DEMENTIA-RELATED PSYCHOSIS; and SUICIDAL THOUGHTS AND BEHAVIORS Increased Mortality in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ] .

SEROQUEL is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ] .

Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors Antidepressants increased the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior in children, adolescents, and young adults in short-term studies.

These studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior with antidepressant use in patients over age 24; there was a reduction in risk with antidepressant use in patients aged 65 and older [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2) ].

In patients of all ages who are started on antidepressant therapy, monitor closely for worsening, and for emergence of suicidal thoughts and behaviors.

Advise families and caregivers of the need for close observation and communication with the prescriber [ see Warnings and Precautions (5.2) ] .

SEROQUEL is not approved for use in pediatric patients under ten years of age [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4) ] .

WARNING: INCREASED MORTALITY IN ELDERLY PATIENTS WITH DEMENTIA-RELATED PSYCHOSIS; and SUICIDAL THOUGHTS AND BEHAVIORS See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

Increased Mortality in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis • Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death.

SEROQUEL is not approved for elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis ( 5.1 ) Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors • Increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior in children, adolescents and young adults taking antidepressants ( 5.2 ) • Monitor for worsening and emergence of suicidal thoughts and behaviors ( 5.2 )

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS • Cerebrovascular Adverse Reactions: Increased incidence of cerebrovascular adverse reactions (e.g., stroke, transient ischemic attack) has been seen in elderly patients with dementia-related psychoses treated with atypical antipsychotic drugs (5.3) • Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS): Manage with immediate discontinuation and close monitoring (5.4) • Metabolic Changes: Atypical antipsychotics have been associated with metabolic changes.

These metabolic changes include hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia, and weight gain (5.5) ∘ Hyperglycemia and Diabetes Mellitus: Monitor patients for symptoms of hyperglycemia including polydipsia, polyuria, polyphagia, and weakness.

Monitor glucose regularly in patients with diabetes or at risk for diabetes ∘ Dyslipidemia: Undesirable alterations have been observed in patients treated with atypical antipsychotics.

Appropriate clinical monitoring is recommended, including fasting blood lipid testing at the beginning of, and periodically, during treatment ∘ Weight Gain: Gain in body weight has been observed; clinical monitoring of weight is recommended • Tardive Dyskinesia: Discontinue if clinically appropriate (5.6) • Hypotension: Use with caution in patients with known cardiovascular or cerebrovascular disease (5.7) • Increased Blood Pressure in Children and Adolescents: Monitor blood pressure at the beginning of, and periodically during treatment in children and adolescents (5.9) • Leukopenia, Neutropenia and Agranulocytosis: Monitor complete blood count frequently during the first few months of treatment in patients with a pre-existing low white cell count or a history of leukopenia/neutropenia and discontinue SEROQUEL at the first sign of a decline in WBC in absence of other causative factors (5.10) • Cataracts: Lens changes have been observed in patients during long-term quetiapine treatment.

Lens examination is recommended when starting treatment and at 6-month intervals during chronic treatment (5.11) • Anticholinergic(antimuscarinic) Effects : Use with caution with other anticholinergic drugs and in patients with urinary retention, prostatic hypertrophy, or constipation (5.20) 5.1 Increased Mortality in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death.

Analysis of 17 placebo-controlled trials (modal duration of 10 weeks), largely in patients taking atypical antipsychotic drugs, revealed a risk of death in drug-treated patients of between 1.6 to 1.7 times the risk of death in placebo-treated patients.

Over the course of a typical 10-week controlled trial, the rate of death in drug-treated patients was about 4.5%, compared to a rate of about 2.6% in the placebo group.

Although the causes of death were varied, most of the deaths appeared to be either cardiovascular (e.g., heart failure, sudden death) or infectious (e.g., pneumonia) in nature.

Observational studies suggest that, similar to atypical antipsychotic drugs, treatment with conventional antipsychotic drugs may increase mortality.

The extent to which the findings of increased mortality in observational studies may be attributed to the antipsychotic drug as opposed to some characteristic(s) of the patients is not clear.

SEROQUEL is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis [see Boxed Warning ] .

5.2 Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors in Adolescents and Young Adults Patients with major depressive disorder (MDD), both adult and pediatric, may experience worsening of their depression and/or the emergence of suicidal ideation and behavior (suicidality) or unusual changes in behavior, whether or not they are taking antidepressant medications, and this risk may persist until significant remission occurs.

Suicide is a known risk of depression and certain other psychiatric disorders, and these disorders themselves are the strongest predictors of suicide.

There has been a long-standing concern, however, that antidepressants may have a role in inducing worsening of depression and the emergence of suicidality in certain patients during the early phases of treatment.

Pooled analyses of short-term placebo-controlled trials of antidepressant drugs (SSRIs and others) showed that these drugs increase the risk of suicidal thinking and behavior (suicidality) in children, adolescents, and young adults (ages 18-24) with major depressive disorder (MDD) and other psychiatric disorders.

Short-term studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidality with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults beyond age 24; there was a reduction with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults aged 65 and older.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescents with MDD, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 24 short-term trials of 9 antidepressant drugs in over 4400 patients.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in adults with MDD or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 295 short-term trials (median duration of 2 months) of 11 antidepressant drugs in over 77,000 patients.

There was considerable variation in risk of suicidality among drugs, but a tendency toward an increase in the younger patients for almost all drugs studied.

There were differences in absolute risk of suicidality across the different indications, with the highest incidence in MDD.

The risk differences (drug vs.

placebo), however, were relatively stable within age strata and across indications.

These risk differences (drug-placebo difference in the number of cases of suicidality per 1000 patients treated) are provided in Table 2.

Table 2: Drug-Placebo Difference in Number of Cases of Suicidality per 1000 Patients Treated Age Range Drug-Placebo Difference in Number of Cases of Suicidality per 1000 Patients Treated Increases Compared to Placebo <18 14 additional cases 18-24 5 additional cases Decreases Compared to Placebo 25-64 1 fewer case ≥65 6 fewer cases No suicides occurred in any of the pediatric trials.

There were suicides in the adult trials, but the number was not sufficient to reach any conclusion about drug effect on suicide.

It is unknown whether the suicidality risk extends to longer-term use, i.e., beyond several months.

However, there is substantial evidence from placebo-controlled maintenance trials in adults with depression that the use of antidepressants can delay the recurrence of depression.

All patients being treated with antidepressants for any indication should be monitored appropriately and observed closely for clinical worsening, suicidality, and unusual changes in behavior, especially during the initial few months of a course of drug therapy, or at times of dose changes, either increases or decreases.

The following symptoms, anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, and mania, have been reported in adult and pediatric patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder as well as for other indications, both psychiatric and non-psychiatric.

Although a causal link between the emergence of such symptoms and either the worsening of depression and/or the emergence of suicidal impulses has not been established, there is concern that such symptoms may represent precursors to emerging suicidality.

Consideration should be given to changing the therapeutic regimen, including possibly discontinuing the medication, in patients whose depression is persistently worse, or who are experiencing emergent suicidality or symptoms that might be precursors to worsening depression or suicidality, especially if these symptoms are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

Families and caregivers of patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder or other indications, both psychiatric and non-psychiatric, should be alerted about the need to monitor patients for the emergence of agitation, irritability, unusual changes in behavior, and the other symptoms described above, as well as the emergence of suicidality, and to report such symptoms immediately to healthcare providers.

Such monitoring should include daily observation by families and caregivers.

Prescriptions for SEROQUEL should be written for the smallest quantity of tablets consistent with good patient management, in order to reduce the risk of overdose.

Screening Patients for Bipolar Disorder: A major depressive episode may be the initial presentation of bipolar disorder.

It is generally believed (though not established in controlled trials) that treating such an episode with an antidepressant alone may increase the likelihood of precipitation of a mixed/manic episode in patients at risk for bipolar disorder.

Whether any of the symptoms described above represent such a conversion is unknown.

However, prior to initiating treatment with an antidepressant, including SEROQUEL, patients with depressive symptoms should be adequately screened to determine if they are at risk for bipolar disorder; such screening should include a detailed psychiatric history, including a family history of suicide, bipolar disorder, and depression.

5.3 Cerebrovascular Adverse Reactions, Including Stroke, in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis In placebo-controlled trials with risperidone, aripiprazole, and olanzapine in elderly subjects with dementia, there was a higher incidence of cerebrovascular adverse reactions (cerebrovascular accidents and transient ischemic attacks) including fatalities compared to placebo-treated subjects.

SEROQUEL is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis [see also Boxed Warning and Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ].

5.4 Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) A potentially fatal symptom complex sometimes referred to as Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) has been reported in association with administration of antipsychotic drugs, including SEROQUEL.

Rare cases of NMS have been reported with SEROQUEL.

Clinical manifestations of NMS are hyperpyrexia, muscle rigidity, altered mental status, and evidence of autonomic instability (irregular pulse or blood pressure, tachycardia, diaphoresis, and cardiac dysrhythmia).

Additional signs may include elevated creatinine phosphokinase, myoglobinuria (rhabdomyolysis) and acute renal failure.

The diagnostic evaluation of patients with this syndrome is complicated.

In arriving at a diagnosis, it is important to exclude cases where the clinical presentation includes both serious medical illness (e.g., pneumonia, systemic infection, etc.) and untreated or inadequately treated extrapyramidal signs and symptoms (EPS).

Other important considerations in the differential diagnosis include central anticholinergic toxicity, heat stroke, drug fever, and primary central nervous system (CNS) pathology.

The management of NMS should include: 1) immediate discontinuation of antipsychotic drugs and other drugs not essential to concurrent therapy; 2) intensive symptomatic treatment and medical monitoring; and 3) treatment of any concomitant serious medical problems for which specific treatments are available.

There is no general agreement about specific pharmacological treatment regimens for NMS.

If a patient requires antipsychotic drug treatment after recovery from NMS, the potential reintroduction of drug therapy should be carefully considered.

The patient should be carefully monitored since recurrences of NMS have been reported.

5.5 Metabolic Changes Atypical antipsychotic drugs have been associated with metabolic changes that include hyperglycemia/diabetes mellitus, dyslipidemia, and body weight gain.

While all of the drugs in the class have been shown to produce some metabolic changes, each drug has its own specific risk profile.

In some patients, a worsening of more than one of the metabolic parameters of weight, blood glucose, and lipids was observed in clinical studies.

Changes in these metabolic profiles should be managed as clinically appropriate.

Hyperglycemia and Diabetes Mellitus Hyperglycemia, in some cases extreme and associated with ketoacidosis or hyperosmolar coma or death, has been reported in patients treated with atypical antipsychotics, including quetiapine.

Assessment of the relationship between atypical antipsychotic use and glucose abnormalities is complicated by the possibility of an increased background risk of diabetes mellitus in patients with schizophrenia and the increasing incidence of diabetes mellitus in the general population.

Given these confounders, the relationship between atypical antipsychotic use and hyperglycemia-related adverse reactions is not completely understood.

However, epidemiological studies suggest an increased risk of hyperglycemia-related adverse reactions in patients treated with the atypical antipsychotics.

Precise risk estimates for hyperglycemia-related adverse reactions in patients treated with atypical antipsychotics are not available.

Patients with an established diagnosis of diabetes mellitus who are started on atypical antipsychotics should be monitored regularly for worsening of glucose control.

Patients with risk factors for diabetes mellitus (e.g., obesity, family history of diabetes) who are starting treatment with atypical antipsychotics should undergo fasting blood glucose testing at the beginning of treatment and periodically during treatment.

Any patient treated with atypical antipsychotics should be monitored for symptoms of hyperglycemia including polydipsia, polyuria, polyphagia, and weakness.

Patients who develop symptoms of hyperglycemia during treatment with atypical antipsychotics should undergo fasting blood glucose testing.

In some cases, hyperglycemia has resolved when the atypical antipsychotic was discontinued; however, some patients required continuation of anti-diabetic treatment despite discontinuation of the suspect drug.

Adults: Table 3: Fasting Glucose – Proportion of Patients Shifting to ≥126 mg/dL in Short-Term (≤12 weeks) Placebo-Controlled Studies Includes SEROQUEL and SEROQUEL XR data.

Laboratory Analyte Category Change (At Least Once) from Baseline Treatment Arm N Patients n (%) Fasting Glucose Normal to High (<100 mg/dL to ≥126 mg/dL) Quetiapine 2907 71 (2.4%) Placebo 1346 19 (1.4%) Borderline to High (≥100 mg/dL and <126 mg/dL to ≥126 mg/dL) Quetiapine 572 67 (11.7%) Placebo 279 33 (11.8%) In a 24-week trial (active-controlled, 115 patients treated with SEROQUEL) designed to evaluate glycemic status with oral glucose tolerance testing of all patients, at Week 24 the incidence of a post-glucose challenge glucose level ≥200 mg/dL was 1.7% and the incidence of a fasting blood glucose level ≥126 mg/dL was 2.6%.

The mean change in fasting glucose from baseline was 3.2 mg/dL and mean change in 2-hour glucose from baseline was -1.8 mg/dL for quetiapine.

In 2 long-term placebo-controlled randomized withdrawal clinical trials for bipolar I disorder maintenance, mean exposure of 213 days for SEROQUEL (646 patients) and 152 days for placebo (680 patients), the mean change in glucose from baseline was +5.0 mg/dL for SEROQUEL and –0.05 mg/dL for placebo.

The exposure-adjusted rate of any increased blood glucose level (≥126 mg/dL) for patients more than 8 hours since a meal (however, some patients may not have been precluded from calorie intake from fluids during fasting period) was 18.0 per 100 patient years for SEROQUEL (10.7% of patients; n=556) and 9.5 for placebo per 100 patient years (4.6% of patients; n=581).

Children and Adolescents: In a placebo-controlled SEROQUEL monotherapy study of adolescent patients (13–17 years of age) with schizophrenia (6 weeks duration), the mean change in fasting glucose levels for SEROQUEL (n=138) compared to placebo (n=67) was –0.75 mg/dL versus –1.70 mg/dL.

In a placebo-controlled SEROQUEL monotherapy study of children and adolescent patients (10–17 years of age) with bipolar mania (3 weeks duration), the mean change in fasting glucose level for SEROQUEL (n=170) compared to placebo (n=81) was 3.62 mg/dL versus –1.17 mg/dL.

No patient in either study with a baseline normal fasting glucose level (<100 mg/dL) or a baseline borderline fasting glucose level (≥100 mg/dL and <126 mg/dL) had a blood glucose level of ≥126 mg/dL.

In a placebo-controlled SEROQUEL XR monotherapy study (8 weeks duration) of children and adolescent patients (10-17 years of age) with bipolar depression, in which efficacy was not established, the mean change in fasting glucose levels for SEROQUEL XR (n=60) compared to placebo (n=62) was 1.8 mg/dL versus 1.6 mg/dL.

In this study, there were no patients in the SEROQUEL XR or placebo-treated groups with a baseline normal fasting glucose level (126 mg/dL.

There was one patient in the SEROQUEL XR group with a baseline borderline fasting glucose level (>100 mg/dL and 126 mg/dL compared to zero patients in the placebo group.

Dyslipidemia Adults: Table 4 shows the percentage of adult patients with changes in total cholesterol, triglycerides, LDL-cholesterol, and HDL-cholesterol from baseline by indication in clinical trials with SEROQUEL.

Table 4: Percentage of Adult Patients with Shifts in Total Cholesterol, Triglycerides, LDL-Cholesterol, and HDL-Cholesterol from Baseline to Clinically Significant Levels by Indication Laboratory Analyte Indication Treatment Arm N Patients n (%) Total Cholesterol ≥240 mg/dL Schizophrenia 6 weeks duration SEROQUEL 137 24 (18%) Placebo 92 6 (7%) Bipolar Depression 8 weeks duration SEROQUEL 463 41 (9%) Placebo 250 15 (6%) Triglycerides ≥200 mg/dL Schizophrenia SEROQUEL 120 26 (22%) Placebo 70 11 (16%) Bipolar Depression SEROQUEL 436 59 (14%) Placebo 232 20 (9%) LDL- Cholesterol ≥160 mg/dL Schizophrenia SEROQUEL na Parameters not measured in the SEROQUEL registration studies for schizophrenia.

na Placebo na na Bipolar Depression SEROQUEL 465 29 (6%) Placebo 256 12 (5%) HDL- Cholesterol ≤40 mg/dL Schizophrenia SEROQUEL na na Placebo na na Bipolar Depression SEROQUEL 393 56 (14%) Placebo 214 29 (14%) Children and Adolescents: Table 5 shows the percentage of children and adolescents with changes in total cholesterol, triglycerides, LDL-cholesterol, and HDL-cholesterol from baseline in clinical trials with SEROQUEL.

Table 5: Percentage of Children and Adolescents with Shifts in Total Cholesterol, Triglycerides, LDL-Cholesterol, and HDL-Cholesterol from Baseline to Clinically Significant Levels Laboratory Analyte Indication Treatment Arm N Patients n (%) Total Cholesterol ≥200 mg/dL Schizophrenia 13-17 years, 6 weeks duration SEROQUEL 107 13 (12%) Placebo 56 1 (2%) Bipolar Mania 10-17 years, 3 weeks duration SEROQUEL 159 16 (10%) Placebo 66 2 (3%) Triglycerides ≥150 mg/dL Schizophrenia SEROQUEL 103 17 (17%) Placebo 51 4 (8%) Bipolar Mania SEROQUEL 149 32 (22%) Placebo 60 8 (13%) LDL-Cholesterol ≥130 mg/dL Schizophrenia SEROQUEL 112 4 (4%) Placebo 60 1 (2%) Bipolar Mania SEROQUEL 169 13 (8%) Placebo 74 4 (5%) HDL-Cholesterol ≤40 mg/dL Schizophrenia SEROQUEL 104 16 (15%) Placebo 54 10 (19%) Bipolar Mania SEROQUEL 154 16 (10%) Placebo 61 4 (7%) In a placebo-controlled SEROQUEL XR monotherapy study (8 weeks duration) of children and adolescent patients (10 to 17 years of age) with bipolar depression, in which efficacy was not established, the percentage of children and adolescents with shifts in total cholesterol (≥200 mg/dL), triglycerides (≥150 mg/dL), LDL-cholesterol (≥ 130 mg/dL), and HDL-cholesterol (≤40 mg/dL) from baseline to clinically significant levels were: total cholesterol 8% (7/83) for SEROQUEL XR vs.

6% (5/84) for placebo; triglycerides 28% (22/80) for SEROQUEL XR vs.

9% (7/82) for placebo; LDL-cholesterol 2% (2/86) for SEROQUEL XR vs.

4% (3/85) for placebo and HDL-cholesterol 20% (13/65) for SEROQUEL XR vs.

15% (11/74) for placebo.

Weight Gain Increases in weight have been observed in clinical trials.

Patients receiving quetiapine should receive regular monitoring of weight.

Adults : In clinical trials with SEROQUEL the following increases in weight have been reported.

Table 6: Proportion of Patients with Weight Gain ≥7% of Body Weight (Adults) Vital Sign Indication Treatment Arm N Patients n (%) Weight Gain ≥7% of Body Weight Schizophrenia up to 6 weeks duration SEROQUEL 391 89 (23%) Placebo 206 11 (6%) Bipolar Mania (monotherapy) up to 12 weeks duration SEROQUEL 209 44 (21%) Placebo 198 13 (7%) Bipolar Mania (adjunct therapy) up to 3 weeks duration SEROQUEL 196 25 (13%) Placebo 203 8 (4%) Bipolar Depression up to 8 weeks duration SEROQUEL 554 47 (8%) Placebo 295 7 (2%) Children and Adolescents: In two clinical trials with SEROQUEL, one in bipolar mania and one in schizophrenia, reported increases in weight are included in Table 7.

Table 7: Proportion of Patients with Weight Gain ≥7% of Body Weight (Children and Adolescents) Vital Sign Indication Treatment Arm N Patients n (%) Weight Gain ≥7% of Body Weight Schizophrenia 6 weeks duration SEROQUEL 111 23 (21%) Placebo 44 3 (7%) Bipolar Mania 3 weeks duration SEROQUEL 157 18 (12%) Placebo 68 0 (0%) The mean change in body weight in the schizophrenia trial was 2.0 kg in the SEROQUEL group and -0.4 kg in the placebo group and in the bipolar mania trial, it was 1.7 kg in the SEROQUEL group and 0.4 kg in the placebo group.

In an open-label study that enrolled patients from the above two pediatric trials, 63% of patients (241/380) completed 26 weeks of therapy with SEROQUEL.

After 26 weeks of treatment, the mean increase in body weight was 4.4 kg.

Forty-five percent of the patients gained ≥7% of their body weight, not adjusted for normal growth.

In order to adjust for normal growth over 26 weeks, an increase of at least 0.5 standard deviation from baseline in BMI was used as a measure of a clinically significant change; 18.3% of patients on SEROQUEL met this criterion after 26 weeks of treatment.

In a clinical trial for SEROQUEL XR in children and adolescents (10-17 years of age) with bipolar depression, in which efficacy was not established, the percentage of patients with weight gain ≥7% of body weight at any time was 15% (14/92) for SEROQUEL XR vs.

10% (10/100) for placebo.

The mean change in body weight was 1.4 kg in the SEROQUEL XR group vs.

0.6 kg in the placebo group.

When treating pediatric patients with SEROQUEL for any indication, weight gain should be assessed against that expected for normal growth.

5.6 Tardive Dyskinesia A syndrome of potentially irreversible, involuntary, dyskinetic movements may develop in patients treated with antipsychotic drugs, including quetiapine.

Although the prevalence of the syndrome appears to be highest among the elderly, especially elderly women, it is impossible to rely upon prevalence estimates to predict, at the inception of antipsychotic treatment, which patients are likely to develop the syndrome.

Whether antipsychotic drug products differ in their potential to cause tardive dyskinesia is unknown.

The risk of developing tardive dyskinesia and the likelihood that it will become irreversible are believed to increase as the duration of treatment and the total cumulative dose of antipsychotic drugs administered to the patient increase.

However, the syndrome can develop, although much less commonly, after relatively brief treatment periods at low doses or may even arise after discontinuation of treatment.

Tardive dyskinesia may remit, partially or completely, if antipsychotic treatment is withdrawn.

Antipsychotic treatment, itself, however, may suppress (or partially suppress) the signs and symptoms of the syndrome and thereby may possibly mask the underlying process.

The effect that symptomatic suppression has upon the long-term course of the syndrome is unknown.

Given these considerations, SEROQUEL should be prescribed in a manner that is most likely to minimize the occurrence of tardive dyskinesia.

Chronic antipsychotic treatment should generally be reserved for patients who appear to suffer from a chronic illness that (1) is known to respond to antipsychotic drugs, and (2) for whom alternative, equally effective, but potentially less harmful treatments are not available or appropriate.

In patients who do require chronic treatment, the smallest dose and the shortest duration of treatment producing a satisfactory clinical response should be sought.

The need for continued treatment should be reassessed periodically.

If signs and symptoms of tardive dyskinesia appear in a patient on SEROQUEL, drug discontinuation should be considered.

However, some patients may require treatment with SEROQUEL despite the presence of the syndrome.

5.7 Hypotension Quetiapine may induce orthostatic hypotension associated with dizziness, tachycardia and, in some patients, syncope, especially during the initial dose-titration period, probably reflecting its α 1 -adrenergic antagonist properties.

Syncope was reported in 1% (28/3265) of the patients treated with SEROQUEL, compared with 0.2% (2/954) on placebo and about 0.4% (2/527) on active control drugs.

Orthostatic hypotension, dizziness, and syncope may lead to falls.

SEROQUEL should be used with particular caution in patients with known cardiovascular disease (history of myocardial infarction or ischemic heart disease, heart failure, or conduction abnormalities), cerebrovascular disease or conditions which would predispose patients to hypotension (dehydration, hypovolemia, and treatment with antihypertensive medications).

The risk of orthostatic hypotension and syncope may be minimized by limiting the initial dose to 25 mg twice daily [see Dosage and Administration (2.2) ].

If hypotension occurs during titration to the target dose, a return to the previous dose in the titration schedule is appropriate.

5.8 Falls Atypical antipsychotic drugs, including SEROQUEL, may cause somnolence, postural hypotension, motor, and sensory instability, which may lead to falls and, consequently, fractures or other injuries.

For patients with diseases, conditions, or medications that could exacerbate these effects, complete fall risk assessments when initiating antipsychotic treatment and recurrently for patients on long-term antipsychotic therapy.

5.9 Increases in Blood Pressure (Children and Adolescents) In placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescents with schizophrenia (6-week duration) or bipolar mania (3-week duration), the incidence of increases at any time in systolic blood pressure (≥20 mmHg) was 15.2% (51/335) for SEROQUEL and 5.5% (9/163) for placebo; the incidence of increases at any time in diastolic blood pressure (≥10 mmHg) was 40.6% (136/335) for SEROQUEL and 24.5% (40/163) for placebo.

In the 26-week open-label clinical trial, one child with a reported history of hypertension experienced a hypertensive crisis.

Blood pressure in children and adolescents should be measured at the beginning of, and periodically during treatment.

In a placebo-controlled SEROQUEL XR clinical trial (8 weeks duration) in children and adolescents (10-17 years of age) with bipolar depression, in which efficacy was not established, the incidence of increases at any time in systolic blood pressure (≥20 mmHg) was 6.5% (6/92) for SEROQUEL XR and 6.0% (6/100) for placebo; the incidence of increases at any time in diastolic blood pressure (≥10 mmHg) was 46.7% (43/92) for SEROQUEL XR and 36.0% (36/100) for placebo.

5.10 Leukopenia, Neutropenia, and Agranulocytosis In clinical trial and postmarketing experience, events of leukopenia/neutropenia have been reported temporally related to atypical antipsychotic agents, including SEROQUEL.

Agranulocytosis has been reported.

Agranulocytosis (defined as absolute neutrophil count <500/mm3) has been reported with quetiapine, including fatal cases and cases in patients without pre-existing risk factors.

Neutropenia should be considered in patients presenting with infection, particularly in the absence of obvious predisposing factor(s), or in patients with unexplained fever, and should be managed as clinically appropriate.

Possible risk factors for leukopenia/neutropenia include pre-existing low white cell count (WBC) and history of drug induced leukopenia/neutropenia.

Patients with a pre-existing low WBC or a history of drug induced leukopenia/neutropenia should have their complete blood count (CBC) monitored frequently during the first few months of therapy and should discontinue SEROQUEL at the first sign of a decline in WBC in absence of other causative factors.

Patients with neutropenia should be carefully monitored for fever or other symptoms or signs of infection and treated promptly if such symptoms or signs occur.

Patients with severe neutropenia (absolute neutrophil count <1000/mm3) should discontinue SEROQUEL and have their WBC followed until recovery.

5.11 Cataracts The development of cataracts was observed in association with quetiapine treatment in chronic dog studies [see Nonclinical Toxicology (13.2) ] .

Lens changes have also been observed in adults, children, and adolescents during long-term SEROQUEL treatment, but a causal relationship to SEROQUEL use has not been established.

Nevertheless, the possibility of lenticular changes cannot be excluded at this time.

Therefore, examination of the lens by methods adequate to detect cataract formation, such as slit lamp exam or other appropriately sensitive methods, is recommended at initiation of treatment or shortly thereafter, and at 6-month intervals during chronic treatment.

5.12 QT Prolongation In clinical trials, quetiapine was not associated with a persistent increase in QT intervals.

However, the QT effect was not systematically evaluated in a thorough QT study.

In post marketing experience, there were cases reported of QT prolongation in patients who overdosed on quetiapine [see Overdosage (10.1) ], in patients with concomitant illness, and in patients taking medicines known to cause electrolyte imbalance or increase QT interval [see Drug Interactions (7.1) ] .

The use of quetiapine should be avoided in combination with other drugs that are known to prolong QTc including Class 1A antiarrythmics (e.g., quinidine, procainamide) or Class III antiarrythmics (e.g., amiodarone, sotalol), antipsychotic medications (e.g., ziprasidone, chlorpromazine, thioridazine), antibiotics (e.g., gatifloxacin, moxifloxacin), or any other class of medications known to prolong the QTc interval (e.g., pentamidine, levomethadyl acetate, methadone).

Quetiapine should also be avoided in circumstances that may increase the risk of occurrence of torsade de pointes and/or sudden death including (1) a history of cardiac arrhythmias such as bradycardia; (2) hypokalemia or hypomagnesemia; (3) concomitant use of other drugs that prolong the QTc interval; and (4) presence of congenital prolongation of the QT interval.

Caution should also be exercised when quetiapine is prescribed in patients with increased risk of QT prolongation (e.g., cardiovascular disease, family history of QT prolongation, the elderly, congestive heart failure, and heart hypertrophy).

5.13 Seizures During clinical trials, seizures occurred in 0.5% (20/3490) of patients treated with SEROQUEL compared to 0.2% (2/954) on placebo and 0.7% (4/527) on active control drugs.

As with other antipsychotics, SEROQUEL should be used cautiously in patients with a history of seizures or with conditions that potentially lower the seizure threshold, e.g., Alzheimer’s dementia.

Conditions that lower the seizure threshold may be more prevalent in a population of 65 years or older.

5.14 Hypothyroidism Adults: Clinical trials with quetiapine demonstrated dose-related decreases in thyroid hormone levels.

The reduction in total and free thyroxine (T 4 ) of approximately 20% at the higher end of the therapeutic dose range was maximal in the first six weeks of treatment and maintained without adaptation or progression during more chronic therapy.

In nearly all cases, cessation of quetiapine treatment was associated with a reversal of the effects on total and free T 4 , irrespective of the duration of treatment.

The mechanism by which quetiapine effects the thyroid axis is unclear.

If there is an effect on the hypothalamic-pituitary axis, measurement of TSH alone may not accurately reflect a patient’s thyroid status.

Therefore, both TSH and free T 4 , in addition to clinical assessment, should be measured at baseline and at follow-up.

In the mania adjunct studies, where SEROQUEL was added to lithium or divalproex, 12% (24/196) of SEROQUEL treated patients compared to 7% (15/203) of placebo-treated patients had elevated TSH levels.

Of the SEROQUEL treated patients with elevated TSH levels, 3 had simultaneous low free T 4 levels (free T 4 <0.8 LLN).

About 0.7% (26/3489) of SEROQUEL patients did experience TSH increases in monotherapy studies.

Some patients with TSH increases needed replacement thyroid treatment.

In all quetiapine trials, the incidence of shifts in thyroid hormones and TSH were 1 : decrease in free T 4 (<0.8 LLN), 2.0% (357/17513); decrease in total T 4 (<0.8LLN), 4.0% (75/1861); decrease in free T 3 (<0.8 LLN), 0.4% (53/13766); decrease in total T 3 (5mIU/L), 4.9% (956/19412).

In eight patients, where TBG was measured, levels of TBG were unchanged.

Table 8 shows the incidence of these shifts in short-term placebo-controlled clinical trials.

____________ 1 Based on shifts from normal baseline to potentially clinically important value at anytime post-baseline.

Shifts in total T4, free T4, total T3 and free T3 are defined as 5 mlU/L at any time.

Table 8: Incidence of Shifts in Thyroid Hormone Levels and TSH in Short-Term Placebo-Controlled Clinical Trials Based on shifts from normal baseline to potentially clinically important value at any time post-baseline.

Shifts in total T 4 , free T 4 , total T 3 , and free T 3 are defined as 5 mlU/L at any time.

Includes SEROQUEL and SEROQUEL XR data.

Total T 4 Free T 4 Total T 3 Free T 3 TSH Quetiapine Placebo Quetiapine Placebo Quetiapine Placebo Quetiapine Placebo Quetiapine Placebo 3.4 % (37/1097) 0.6% (4/651) 0.7% (52/7218) 0.1% (4/3668) 0.5% (2/369) 0.0% (0/113) 0.2% (11/5673) 0.0% (1/2679) 3.2% (240/7587) 2.7% (105/3912) In short-term placebo-controlled monotherapy trials, the incidence of reciprocal, shifts in T 3 and TSH was 0.0 % for both quetiapine (1/4800) and placebo (0/2190) and for T 4 and TSH the shifts were 0.1% (7/6154) for quetiapine versus 0.0% (1/3007) for placebo.

Children and Adolescents: In acute placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescent patients with schizophrenia (6-week duration) or bipolar mania (3-week duration), the incidence of shifts for thyroid function values at any time for SEROQUEL treated patients and placebo-treated patients for elevated TSH was 2.9% (8/280) vs.

0.7% (1/138), respectively, and for decreased total thyroxine was 2.8% (8/289) vs.

0% (0/145), respectively.

Of the SEROQUEL treated patients with elevated TSH levels, 1 had simultaneous low free T 4 level at end of treatment.

5.15 Hyperprolactinemia Adults : During clinical trials with quetiapine, the incidence of shifts in prolactin levels to a clinically significant value occurred in 3.6% (158/4416) of patients treated with quetiapine compared to 2.6% (51/1968) on placebo.

Children and Adolescents: In acute placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescent patients with bipolar mania (3-week duration) or schizophrenia (6-week duration), the incidence of shifts in prolactin levels to a value (>20 µg/L males; >26 µg/L females at any time) was 13.4% (18/134) for SEROQUEL compared to 4% (3/75) for placebo in males and 8.7% (9/104) for SEROQUEL compared to 0% (0/39) for placebo in females.

Like other drugs that antagonize dopamine D 2 receptors, SEROQUEL elevates prolactin levels in some patients and the elevation may persist during chronic administration.

Hyperprolactinemia, regardless of etiology, may suppress hypothalamic GnRH, resulting in reduced pituitary gonadotrophin secretion.

This, in turn, may inhibit reproductive function by impairing gonadal steroidogenesis in both female and male patients.

Galactorrhea, amenorrhea, gynecomastia, and impotence have been reported in patients receiving prolactin-elevating compounds.

Long-standing hyperprolactinemia when associated with hypogonadism may lead to decreased bone density in both female and male subjects.

Tissue culture experiments indicate that approximately one-third of human breast cancers are prolactin dependent in vitro , a factor of potential importance if the prescription of these drugs is considered in a patient with previously detected breast cancer.

As is common with compounds which increase prolactin release, mammary gland, and pancreatic islet cell neoplasia (mammary adenocarcinomas, pituitary, and pancreatic adenomas) was observed in carcinogenicity studies conducted in mice and rats.

Neither clinical studies nor epidemiologic studies conducted to date have shown an association between chronic administration of this class of drugs and tumorigenesis in humans, but the available evidence is too limited to be conclusive [see Nonclinical Toxicology (13.1) ].

5.16 Potential for Cognitive and Motor Impairment Somnolence was a commonly reported adverse event reported in patients treated with SEROQUEL especially during the 3-5 day period of initial dose-titration.

In schizophrenia trials, somnolence was reported in 18% (89/510) of patients on SEROQUEL compared to 11% (22/206) of placebo patients.

In acute bipolar mania trials using SEROQUEL as monotherapy, somnolence was reported in 16% (34/209) of patients on SEROQUEL compared to 4% of placebo patients.

In acute bipolar mania trials using SEROQUEL as adjunct therapy, somnolence was reported in 34% (66/196) of patients on SEROQUEL compared to 9% (19/203) of placebo patients.

In bipolar depression trials, somnolence was reported in 57% (398/698) of patients on SEROQUEL compared to 15% (51/347) of placebo patients.

Since SEROQUEL has the potential to impair judgment, thinking, or motor skills, patients should be cautioned about performing activities requiring mental alertness, such as operating a motor vehicle (including automobiles) or operating hazardous machinery until they are reasonably certain that SEROQUEL therapy does not affect them adversely.

Somnolence may lead to falls.

5.17 Body Temperature Regulation Although not reported with SEROQUEL, disruption of the body’s ability to reduce core body temperature has been attributed to antipsychotic agents.

Appropriate care is advised when prescribing SEROQUEL for patients who will be experiencing conditions which may contribute to an elevation in core body temperature, e.g., exercising strenuously, exposure to extreme heat, receiving concomitant medication with anticholinergic activity, or being subject to dehydration.

5.18 Dysphagia Esophageal dysmotility and aspiration have been associated with antipsychotic drug use.

Aspiration pneumonia is a common cause of morbidity and mortality in elderly patients, in particular those with advanced Alzheimer’s dementia.

SEROQUEL and other antipsychotic drugs should be used cautiously in patients at risk for aspiration pneumonia.

5.19 Discontinuation Syndrome Acute withdrawal symptoms, such as insomnia, nausea, and vomiting have been described after abrupt cessation of atypical antipsychotic drugs, including SEROQUEL.

In short-term placebo-controlled, monotherapy clinical trials with SEROQUEL XR that included a discontinuation phase which evaluated discontinuation symptoms, the aggregated incidence of patients experiencing one or more discontinuation symptoms after abrupt cessation was 12.1% (241/1993) for SEROQUEL XR and 6.7% (71/1065) for placebo.

The incidence of the individual adverse reactions (i.e., insomnia, nausea, headache, diarrhea, vomiting, dizziness, and irritability) did not exceed 5.3% in any treatment group and usually resolved after 1 week post-discontinuation.

Gradual withdrawal is advised [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1) ] .

5.20 Anticholinergic (antimuscarinic) Effects Norquetiapine, an active metabolite of quetiapine, has moderate to strong affinity for several muscarinic receptor subtypes.

This contributes to anticholinergic adverse reactions when SEROQUEL is used at therapeutic doses, taken concomitantly with other anticholinergic medications, or taken in overdose.

SEROQUEL should be used with caution in patients receiving medications having anticholinergic (antimuscarinic) effects [see Drug Interactions (7.1) , Overdosage (10.1) , and Clinical Pharmacology (12.1) ] .

Constipation was a commonly reported adverse event in patients treated with quetiapine and represents a risk factor for intestinal obstruction.

Intestinal obstruction has been reported with quetiapine, including fatal reports in patients who were receiving multiple concomitant medications that decrease intestinal motility.

SEROQUEL should be used with caution in patients with a current diagnosis or prior history of urinary retention, clinically significant prostatic hypertrophy, or constipation.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Medication Guide).

Patients should be advised of the following issues and asked to alert their prescriber if these occur while taking SEROQUEL.

Increased Mortality in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis Patients and caregivers should be advised that elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with atypical antipsychotic drugs are at increased risk of death compared with placebo.

Quetiapine is not approved for elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ].

Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors Patients, their families, and their caregivers should be encouraged to be alert to the emergence of anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, mania, other unusual changes in behavior, worsening of depression, and suicidal ideation, especially early during antidepressant treatment and when the dose is adjusted up or down.

Families and caregivers of patients should be advised to look for the emergence of such symptoms on a day-to-day basis, since changes may be abrupt.

Such symptoms should be reported to the patient’s prescriber or health professional, especially if they are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

Symptoms such as these may be associated with an increased risk for suicidal thinking and behavior and indicate a need for very close monitoring and possibly changes in the medication [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2) ].

Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) Patients should be advised to report to their physician any signs or symptoms that may be related to NMS.

These may include muscle stiffness and high fever [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4) ].

Hyperglycemia and Diabetes Mellitus Patients should be aware of the symptoms of hyperglycemia (high blood sugar) and diabetes mellitus.

Patients who are diagnosed with diabetes, those with risk factors for diabetes, or those that develop these symptoms during treatment should have their blood glucose monitored at the beginning of and periodically during treatment [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5) ].

Hyperlipidemia Patients should be advised that elevations in total cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol and triglycerides and decreases in HDL-cholesterol may occur.

Patients should have their lipid profile monitored at the beginning of and periodically during treatment [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5) ].

Weight Gain Patients should be advised that they may experience weight gain.

Patients should have their weight monitored regularly [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5) ].

Orthostatic Hypotension Patients should be advised of the risk of orthostatic hypotension (symptoms include feeling dizzy or lightheaded upon standing, which may lead to falls), especially during the period of initial dose titration, and also at times of re-initiating treatment or increases in dose [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7) ].

Increased Blood Pressure in Children and Adolescents Children and adolescent patients should have their blood pressure measured at the beginning of, and periodically during, treatment [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9) ].

Leukopenia/Neutropenia Patients with a pre-existing low WBC or a history of drug induced leukopenia/neutropenia should be advised that they should have their CBC monitored while taking SEROQUEL.

Patients should be advised to talk to their doctor as soon as possible if they have a fever, flu-like symptoms, sore throat, or any other infection as this could be a result of a very low WBC, which may require SEROQUEL to be stopped and/or treatment to be given [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10) ].

Interference with Cognitive and Motor Performance Patients should be advised of the risk of somnolence or sedation (which may lead to falls), especially during the period of initial dose titration.

Patients should be cautioned about performing any activity requiring mental alertness, such as operating a motor vehicle (including automobiles) or operating machinery, until they are reasonably certain quetiapine therapy does not affect them adversely [see Warnings and Precautions (5.16) ].

Heat Exposure and Dehydration Patients should be advised regarding appropriate care in avoiding overheating and dehydration [see Warnings and Precautions (5.17) ].

Concomitant Medication As with other medications, patients should be advised to notify their physicians if they are taking, or plan to take, any prescription or over-the-counter drugs [see Drug Interactions (7.1) ].

Pregnancy Advise pregnant women to notify their healthcare provider if they become pregnant or intend to become pregnant during treatment with SEROQUEL.

Advise patients that SEROQUEL may cause extrapyramidal and/or withdrawal symptoms (agitation, hypertonia, hypotonia, tremor, somnolence, respiratory distress, and feeding disorder) in a neonate.

Advise patients that there is a pregnancy registry that monitors pregnancy outcomes in women exposed to SEROQUEL during pregnancy [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1) ] .

Infertility Advise females of reproductive potential that SEROQUEL may impair fertility due to an increase in serum prolactin levels.

The effects on fertility are reversible [see Use in Specific Populations (8.3) ] .

Need for Comprehensive Treatment Program SEROQUEL is indicated as an integral part of a total treatment program for adolescents with schizophrenia and pediatric bipolar disorder that may include other measures (psychological, educational, and social).

Effectiveness and safety of SEROQUEL have not been established in pediatric patients less than 13 years of age for schizophrenia or less than 10 years of age for bipolar mania.

Appropriate educational placement is essential and psychosocial intervention is often helpful.

The decision to prescribe atypical antipsychotic medication will depend upon the physician’s assessment of the chronicity and severity of the patient’s symptoms [see Indications and Usage (1.3) ] .

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 • SEROQUEL can be taken with or without food (2.1) Indication Initial Dose Recommended Dose Maximum Dose Schizophrenia – Adults (2.2) 25 mg twice daily 150-750 mg/day 750 mg/day Schizophrenia – Adolescents (13-17 years) (2.2) 25 mg twice daily 400-800 mg/day 800 mg/day Bipolar Mania – Adults Monotherapy or as an adjunct to lithium or divalproex (2.2) 50 mg twice daily 400-800 mg/day 800 mg/day Bipolar Mania – Children and Adolescents (10-17 years), Monotherapy (2.2) 25 mg twice daily 400-600 mg/day 600 mg/day Bipolar Depression – Adults (2.2) 50 mg once daily at bedtime 300 mg/day 300 mg/day • Geriatric Use : Consider a lower starting dose (50 mg/day), slower titration and careful monitoring during the initial dosing period in the elderly ( 2.3 , 8.5 ) • Hepatic Impairment : Lower starting dose (25 mg/day) and slower titration may be needed ( 2.4 , 8.7 , 12.3 ) 2.1 Important Administration Instructions SEROQUEL can be taken with or without food.

2.2 Recommended Dosing The recommended initial dose, titration, dose range and maximum SEROQUEL dose for each approved indication is displayed in Table 1.

After initial dosing, adjustments can be made upwards or downwards, if necessary, depending upon the clinical response and tolerability of the patient [see Clinical Studies ( 14.1 and 14.2 )].

Table 1: Recommended Dosing for SEROQUEL Indication Initial Dose and Titration Recommended Dose Maximum Dose Schizophrenia – Adults Day 1: 25 mg twice daily.

Increase in increments of 25 mg-50 mg divided two or three times on Days 2 and 3 to range of 300-400 mg by Day 4.

Further adjustments can be made in increments of 25–50 mg twice a day, in intervals of not less than 2 days.

150-750 mg/day 750 mg/day Schizophrenia – Adolescents (13-17 years) Day 1: 25 mg twice daily.

Day 2: Twice daily dosing totaling 100 mg.

Day 3: Twice daily dosing totaling 200 mg.

Day 4: Twice daily dosing totaling 300 mg.

Day 5: Twice daily dosing totaling 400 mg.

Further adjustments should be in increments no greater than 100 mg/day within the recommended dose range of 400-800 mg/day.

Based on response and tolerability, may be administered three times daily.

400-800 mg/day 800 mg/day Schizophrenia – Maintenance Not applicable.

400-800 mg/day 800 mg/day Bipolar Mania – Adults Monotherapy or as an adjunct to lithium or divalproex Day 1: Twice daily dosing totaling 100 mg.

Day 2: Twice daily dosing totaling 200 mg.

Day 3: Twice daily dosing totaling 300 mg.

Day 4: Twice daily dosing totaling 400 mg.

Further dosage adjustments up to 800 mg/day by Day 6 should be in increments of no greater than 200 mg/day.

400-800 mg/day 800 mg/day Bipolar Mania – Children and Adolescents (10 to 17 years), Monotherapy Day 1: 25 mg twice daily.

Day 2: Twice daily dosing totaling 100 mg.

Day 3: Twice daily dosing totaling 200 mg.

Day 4: Twice daily dosing totaling 300 mg.

Day 5: Twice daily dosing totaling 400 mg.

Further adjustments should be in increments no greater than 100 mg/day within the recommended dose range of 400-600 mg/day.

Based on response and tolerability, may be administered three times daily.

400-600 mg/day 600 mg/day Bipolar Depression – Adults Administer once daily at bedtime.

Day 1: 50 mg Day 2: 100 mg Day 3: 200 mg Day 4: 300 mg 300 mg/day 300 mg/day Bipolar I Disorder Maintenance Therapy – Adults Administer twice daily totaling 400-800 mg/day as adjunct to lithium or divalproex.

Generally, in the maintenance phase, patients continued on the same dose on which they were stabilized.

400-800 mg/day 800 mg/day Maintenance Treatment for Schizophrenia and Bipolar I Disorder Maintenance Treatment – Patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the need for maintenance treatment and the appropriate dose for such treatment [see Clinical Studies (14.2) ].

2.3 Dose Modifications in Elderly Patients Consideration should be given to a slower rate of dose titration and a lower target dose in the elderly and in patients who are debilitated or who have a predisposition to hypotensive reactions [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ].

When indicated, dose escalation should be performed with caution in these patients.

Elderly patients should be started on SEROQUEL 50 mg/day and the dose can be increased in increments of 50 mg/day depending on the clinical response and tolerability of the individual patient.

2.4 Dose Modifications in Hepatically Impaired Patients Patients with hepatic impairment should be started on 25 mg/day.

The dose should be increased daily in increments of 25 mg/day – 50 mg/day to an effective dose, depending on the clinical response and tolerability of the patient.

2.5 Dose Modifications when used with CYP3A4 Inhibitors SEROQUEL dose should be reduced to one sixth of original dose when co-medicated with a potent CYP3A4 inhibitor (e.g., ketoconazole, itraconazole, indinavir, ritonavir, nefazodone, etc.).

When the CYP3A4 inhibitor is discontinued, the dose of SEROQUEL should be increased by 6-fold [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) and Drug Interactions (7.1) ].

2.6 Dose Modifications when used with CYP3A4 Inducers SEROQUEL dose should be increased up to 5-fold of the original dose when used in combination with a chronic treatment (e.g., greater than 7-14 days) of a potent CYP3A4 inducer (e.g., phenytoin, carbamazepine, rifampin, avasimibe, St.

John’s wort etc.).

The dose should be titrated based on the clinical response and tolerability of the individual patient.

When the CYP3A4 inducer is discontinued, the dose of SEROQUEL should be reduced to the original level within 7-14 days [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) and Drug Interactions (7.1) ].

2.7 Re-initiation of Treatment in Patients Previously Discontinued Although there are no data to specifically address re-initiation of treatment, it is recommended that when restarting therapy of patients who have been off SEROQUEL for more than one-week, the initial dosing schedule should be followed.

When restarting patients who have been off SEROQUEL for less than one-week, gradual dose escalation may not be required and the maintenance dose may be re-initiated.

2.8 Switching from Antipsychotics There are no systematically collected data to specifically address switching patients with schizophrenia from antipsychotics to SEROQUEL, or concerning concomitant administration with antipsychotics.

While immediate discontinuation of the previous antipsychotic treatment may be acceptable for some patients with schizophrenia, more gradual discontinuation may be most appropriate for others.

In all cases, the period of overlapping antipsychotic administration should be minimized.

When switching patients with schizophrenia from depot antipsychotics, if medically appropriate, initiate SEROQUEL therapy in place of the next scheduled injection.

The need for continuing existing EPS medication should be re-evaluated periodically.

Haloperidol 20 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: HALOPERIDOL
Brand Name: Haloperidol
  • Substance Name(s):
  • HALOPERIDOL

WARNINGS

Increased Mortality in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death.

Haloperidol is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis (see BOXED WARNING ).

Cardiovascular Effects Cases of sudden death, QT-prolongation, and Torsades de Pointes have been reported in patients receiving haloperidol.

Higher than recommended doses of any formulation of haloperidol appear to be associated with a higher risk of QT-prolongation and Torsades de Pointes.

Although cases have been reported even in the absence of predisposing factors, particular caution is advised in treating patients with other QT-prolonging conditions (including electrolyte imbalance [particularly hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia], drugs known to prolong QT, underlying cardiac abnormalities, hypothyroidism, and familial long QT-syndrome).

Tardive Dyskinesia A syndrome consisting of potentially irreversible, involuntary, dyskinetic movements may develop in patients treated with antipsychotic drugs.

Although the prevalence of the syndrome appears to be highest among the elderly, especially elderly women, it is impossible to rely upon prevalence estimates to predict, at the inception of antipsychotic treatment, which patients are likely to develop the syndrome.

Whether antipsychotic drug products differ in their potential to cause tardive dyskinesia is unknown.

Both the risk of developing tardive dyskinesia and the likelihood that it will become irreversible are believed to increase as the duration of treatment and the total cumulative dose of antipsychotic drugs administered to the patient increase.

However, the syndrome can develop, although much less commonly, after relatively brief treatment periods at low doses.

There is no known treatment for established cases of tardive dyskinesia, although the syndrome may remit, partially or completely, if antipsychotic treatment is withdrawn.

Antipsychotic treatment, itself, however, may suppress (or partially suppress) the signs and symptoms of the syndrome and thereby may possibly mask the underlying process.

The effect that symptomatic suppression has upon the long-term course of the syndrome is unknown.

Given these considerations, antipsychotic drugs should be prescribed in a manner that is most likely to minimize the occurrence of tardive dyskinesia.

Chronic antipsychotic treatment should generally be reserved for patients who suffer from a chronic illness that, 1) is known to respond to antipsychotic drugs, and, 2) for whom alternative, equally effective, but potentially less harmful treatments are not available or appropriate.

In patients who do require chronic treatment, the smallest dose and the shortest duration of treatment producing a satisfactory clinical response should be sought.

The need for continued treatment should be reassessed periodically.

If signs and symptoms of tardive dyskinesia appear in a patient on antipsychotics, drug discontinuation should be considered.

However, some patients may require treatment despite the presence of the syndrome.

(For further information about the description of tardive dyskinesia and its clinical detection, please refer to ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) A potentially fatal symptom complex sometimes referred to as Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) has been reported in association with antipsychotic drugs.

Clinical manifestations of NMS are hyperpyrexia, muscle rigidity, altered mental status (including catatonic signs) and evidence of autonomic instability (irregular pulse or blood pressure, tachycardia, diaphoresis, and cardiac dysrhythmias).

Additional signs may include elevated creatine phosphokinase, myoglobinuria (rhabdomyolysis) and acute renal failure.

The diagnostic evaluation of patients with this syndrome is complicated.

In arriving at a diagnosis, it is important to identify cases where the clinical presentation includes both serious medical illness (e.g., pneumonia, systemic infection, etc.) and untreated or inadequately treated extrapyramidal signs and symptoms (EPS).

Other important considerations in the differential diagnosis include central anticholinergic toxicity, heat stroke, drug fever and primary central nervous system (CNS) pathology.

The management of NMS should include 1) immediate discontinuation of antipsychotic drugs and other drugs not essential to concurrent therapy, 2) intensive symptomatic treatment and medical monitoring, and 3) treatment of any concomitant serious medical problems for which specific treatments are available.

There is no general agreement about specific pharmacological treatment regimens for uncomplicated NMS.

If a patient requires antipsychotic drug treatment after recovery from NMS, the potential reintroduction of drug therapy should be carefully considered.

The patient should be carefully monitored, since recurrences of NMS have been reported.

Hyperpyrexia and heat stroke, not associated with the above symptom complex, have also been reported with haloperidol.

Falls Haloperidol may cause somnolence, postural hypotension, motor and sensory instability, which may lead to falls and, consequently, fractures or other injuries.

For patients with diseases, conditions, or medications that could exacerbate these effects, complete fall risk assessments when initiating antipsychotic treatment and recurrently for patients on long-term antipsychotic therapy.

Usage In Pregnancy Non-teratogenic Effects Neonates exposed to antipsychotic drugs, during the third trimester of pregnancy are at risk for extrapyramidal and/or withdrawal symptoms following delivery.

There have been reports of agitation, hypertonia, hypotonia, tremor, somnolence, respiratory distress and feeding disorder in these neonates.

These complications have varied in severity; while in some cases symptoms have been self-limited, in other cases neonates have required intensive care unit support and prolonged hospitalization.

Haloperidol should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

Rodents given 2 to 20 times the usual maximum human dose of haloperidol by oral or parenteral routes showed an increase in incidence of resorption, reduced fertility, delayed delivery and pup mortality.

No teratogenic effect has been reported in rats, rabbits or dogs at dosages within this range, but cleft palate has been observed in mice given 15 times the usual maximum human dose.

Cleft palate in mice appears to be a nonspecific response to stress or nutritional imbalance as well as to a variety of drugs, and there is no evidence to relate this phenomenon to predictable human risk for most of these agents.

There are no well controlled studies with haloperidol in pregnant women.

There are reports, however, of cases of limb malformations observed following maternal use of haloperidol along with other drugs which have suspected teratogenic potential during the first trimester of pregnancy.

Causal relationships were not established in these cases.

Since such experience does not exclude the possibility of fetal damage due to haloperidol, this drug should be used during pregnancy or in women likely to become pregnant only if the benefit clearly justifies a potential risk to the fetus.

Infants should not be nursed during drug treatment.

Combined Use of Haloperidol and Lithium An encephalopathic syndrome (characterized by weakness, lethargy, fever, tremulousness and confusion, extrapyramidal symptoms, leukocytosis, elevated serum enzymes, BUN, and FBS) followed by irreversible brain damage has occurred in a few patients treated with lithium plus haloperidol.

A causal relationship between these events and the concomitant administration of lithium and haloperidol has not been established; however, patients receiving such combined therapy should be monitored closely for early evidence of neurological toxicity and treatment discontinued promptly if such signs appear.

General A number of cases of bronchopneumonia, some fatal, have followed the use of antipsychotic drugs, including haloperidol.

It has been postulated that lethargy and decreased sensation of thirst due to central inhibition may lead to dehydration, hemoconcentration and reduced pulmonary ventilation.

Therefore, if the above signs and symptoms appear, especially in the elderly, the physician should institute remedial therapy promptly.

Although not reported with haloperidol, decreased serum cholesterol and/or cutaneous and ocular changes have been reported in patients receiving chemically-related drugs.

Haloperidol may impair the mental and/or physical abilities required for the performance of hazardous tasks such as operating machinery or driving a motor vehicle.

The ambulatory patient should be warned accordingly.

The use of alcohol with this drug should be avoided due to possible additive effects and hypotension.

OVERDOSAGE

Manifestations In general, the symptoms of overdosage would be an exaggeration of known pharmacologic effects and adverse reactions, the most prominent of which would be: 1) severe extrapyramidal reactions, 2) hypotension, or 3) sedation.

The patient would appear comatose with respiratory depression and hypotension which could be severe enough to produce a shock-like state.

The extrapyramidal reaction would be manifest by muscular weakness or rigidity and a generalized or localized tremor as demonstrated by the akinetic or agitans types respectively.

With accidental overdosage, hypertension rather than hypotension occurred in a two-year old child.

The risk of ECG changes associated with torsade de pointes should be considered.

(For further information regarding torsade de pointes, please refer to ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

Treatment Gastric lavage or induction of emesis should be carried out immediately followed by administration of activated charcoal.

Since there is no specific antidote, treatment is primarily supportive.

A patent airway must be established by use of an oropharyngeal airway or endotracheal tube or, in prolonged cases of coma, by tracheostomy.

Respiratory depression may be counteracted by artificial respiration and mechanical respirators.

Hypotension and circulatory collapse may be counteracted by use of intravenous fluids, plasma, or concentrated albumin, and vasopressor agents such as metaraminol, phenylephrine and norepinephrine.

Epinephrine should not be used.

In case of severe extrapyramidal reactions, antiparkinson medication should be administered.

ECG and vital signs should be monitored especially for signs of Q-T prolongation or dysrhythmias and monitoring should continue until the ECG is normal.

Severe arrhythmias should be treated with appropriate anti-arrhythmic measures.

DESCRIPTION

Haloperidol is the first of the butyrophenone series of major tranquilizers.

The chemical designation is 4-[4-( p -chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxypiperidino]-4′-fluorobutyrophenone.

It has the following structural formula.

Each haloperidol tablet, USP intended for oral administration contains haloperidol, USP 5 mg or 10 mg or 20 mg.

In addition each tablet contains the following inactive ingredients: calcium stearate, dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate, povidone (PVP K 30), sodium starch glycolate and starch.

5 mg: D & C Yellow #10 Aluminum Lake and FD & C Blue #1 Aluminum Lake; 10 mg: D & C Yellow #10 Aluminum Lake and FD & C Blue #1 Aluminum Lake; 20 mg: FD & C Yellow #6 Aluminum Lake and D & C Red #27 Aluminum Lake.

Structural Formula

HOW SUPPLIED

Haloperidol Tablets USP, 5 mg are green, capsule-shaped, flat-faced, beveled-edge tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC’, ’07’ and partial bisect, on one side and plain on the other side and are supplied as follows: Unit dose packages of 100 (10 x 10) NDC 60687-161-01 Haloperidol Tablets USP, 10 mg are light green, capsule-shaped, flat-faced, beveled-edge tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC’, ’08’ and partial bisect, on one side and plain on the other side and are supplied as follows: Unit dose packages of 100 (10 x 10) NDC 68084-249-01 Haloperidol Tablets USP, 20 mg are coral, capsule-shaped, flat-faced, beveled-edge tablets debossed with the logo of ‘ZC’, ’09’ and bisect on one side and plain on the other side and are supplied as follows: Unit dose packages of 30 (3 x 10) NDC 68084-250-21 Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

FOR YOUR PROTECTION: Do not use if blister is torn or broken.

All trademarks are the property of Zydus group.

Call your doctor for medical advice about side effects.

You may report side effects to FDA at 1-800-FDA-1088.

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use Clinical studies of haloperidol did not include sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger subjects.

Other reported clinical experience has not consistently identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients.

However, the prevalence of tardive dyskinesia appears to be highest among the elderly, especially elderly women (see WARNINGS: Tardive Dyskinesia ).

Also the pharmacokinetics of haloperidol in geriatric patients generally warrants the use of lower doses (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Haloperidol is indicated for use in the management of manifestations of psychotic disorders.

Haloperidol is indicated for the control of tics and vocal utterances of Tourette’s Disorder in children and adults.

Haloperidol is effective for the treatment of severe behavior problems in children of combative, explosive hyperexcitability (which cannot be accounted for by immediate provocation).

Haloperidol is also effective in the short-term treatment of hyperactive children who show excessive motor activity with accompanying conduct disorders consisting of some or all of the following symptoms: impulsivity, difficulty sustaining attention, aggressivity, mood lability, and poor frustration tolerance.

Haloperidol should be reserved for these two groups of children only after failure to respond to psychotherapy or medications other than antipsychotics.

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients have not been established.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING Increased Mortality in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis: Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death.

Analyses of seventeen placebo-controlled trials (modal duration of 10 weeks), largely in patients taking atypical antipsychotic drugs, revealed a risk of death in drug-treated patients of between 1.6 to 1.7 times the risk of death in placebo-treated patients.

Over the course of a typical 10-week controlled trial, the rate of death in drug-treated patients was about 4.5%, compared to a rate of about 2.6% in the placebo group.

Although the causes of death were varied, most of the deaths appeared to be either cardiovascular (e.g., heart failure, sudden death) or infectious (e.g., pneumonia) in nature.

Observational studies suggest that, similar to atypical antipsychotic drugs treatment with conventional antipsychotic drugs may increase mortality.

The extent to which the findings of increased mortality in observational studies may be attributed to the antipsychotic drug as opposed to some characteristic(s) of the patients is not clear.

Haloperidol is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis (see WARNINGS ).

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

There is considerable variation from patient to patient in the amount of medication required for treatment.

As with all antipsychotic drugs, dosage should be individualized according to the needs and response of each patient.

Dosage adjustments, either upward or downward, should be carried out as rapidly as practicable to achieve optimum therapeutic control.

To determine the initial dosage, consideration should be given to the patient’s age, severity of illness, previous response to other antipsychotic drugs, and any concomitant medication or disease state.

Children, debilitated or geriatric patients, as well as those with a history of adverse reactions to antipsychotic drugs, may require less haloperidol.

The optimal response in such patients is usually obtained with more gradual dosage adjustments and at lower dosage levels, as recommended below.

Clinical experience suggests the following recommendations: Oral Administration INITIAL DOSAGE RANGE Adults Moderate Symptomatology 0.5 mg to 2 mg b.i.d.

or t.i.d.

Severe Symptomatology 3 mg to 5 mg b.i.d.

or t.i.d.

To achieve prompt control, higher doses may be required in some cases.

Geriatric or Debilitated Patients 0.5 mg to 2 mg b.i.d.

or t.i.d.

Chronic or Resistant Patients 3 mg to 5 mg b.i.d.

or t.i.d.

Patients who remain severely disturbed or inadequately controlled may require dosage adjustment.

Daily dosages up to 100 mg may be necessary in some cases to achieve an optimal response.

Infrequently, haloperidol has been used in doses above 100 mg for severely resistant patients; however, the limited clinical usage has not demonstrated the safety of prolonged administration of such doses.

Children The following recommendations apply to children between the ages of 3 and 12 years (weight range 15 to 40 kg).

Haloperidol is not intended for children under 3 years old.

Therapy should begin at the lowest dose possible (0.5 mg per day).

If required, the dose should be increased by an increment of 0.5 mg at 5 to 7 day intervals until the desired therapeutic effect is obtained.

(see chart below).

The total dose may be divided, to be given b.i.d.

or t.i.d.

Psychotic Disorders 0.05 mg/kg/day to 0.15 mg/kg/day Non-Psychotic Behavior Disorders and Tourette’s Disorder 0.05 mg/kg/day to 0.075 mg/kg/day Severely disturbed psychotic children may require higher doses.

In severely disturbed, non-psychotic children or in hyperactive children with accompanying conduct disorders, who have failed to respond to psychotherapy or medications other than antipsychotics, it should be noted that since these behaviors may be short-lived, short-term administration of haloperidol may suffice.

There is no evidence establishing a maximum effective dosage.

There is little evidence that behavior improvement is further enhanced in dosages beyond 6 mg per day.

Maintenance Dosage Upon achieving a satisfactory therapeutic response, dosage should then be gradually reduced to the lowest effective maintenance level.

Switchover Procedure The oral form should supplant the injectable as soon as practicable.

In the absence of bioavailability studies establishing bioequivalence between these two dosage forms, the following guidelines for dosage are suggested.

For an initial approximation of the total daily dose required, the parenteral dose administered in the preceding 24 hours may be used.

Since this dose is only an initial estimate, it is recommended that careful monitoring of clinical signs and symptoms, including clinical efficacy, sedation, and adverse effects, be carried out periodically for the first several days following the initiation of switchover.

In this way, dosage adjustments, either upward or downward, can be quickly accomplished.

Depending on the patient’s clinical status, the first oral dose should be given within 12-24 hours following the last parenteral dose.